mf 200-series workshop sec wat

8/13/2019 Mf 200-Series Workshop Sec Wat

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/mf-200-series-workshop-sec-wat 1/109

SHOP MANUAL

MASSEY-FERGUSONMODELS

MF255 - MF265 - MF270 - MF275 - MF290

Tractor serial number is stamped on a name piate attached to the instrument consoie.

Engine seriai number is stamped on the side of engine cyiinder biocic.

INDEX By Starting Paragraph)MF255

B R A K E SAdjustment 190BleedingBrake Discs 193Master Cylinders

Slave CylindersCLUTCH (E ngine)

Adjustment 147Dual Clutch 149Split Tbrque Clutch 152Tractor Split 148

COOLING S YSTE MRadiator 130Thermostat 131Water Pum p 132

DI FFE R E NTI A L A NDB E VE L DR I VE GE A R S

Bevel Drive Gears 182Differential 177

Differe ntial Lock 180E NGINE (A D4.2 03 Diesel)

Assemb ly, R R 42Camshaft 59Connecting Rods

Bearings 63Crankshaft Bearings . 64Cylinder Head 43Oil Pum p 70Pistons, Sleeves Rings 61Timing Gears 52

ENGINE (A 4 .236A 4 .248 Diese l )

Assem bly, R R 75Camshaft 90Connecting Rods

Bearings 95Crankshaft Bearings . 96Cylinder Head 76Engine Balancer 99Oil Pum p 106Pistons, Sleeves Rings 93Timing Gears 83

ENGINE (AG4.212A G4.236 Gasol ine)

Assembly, R R 11Camshaft. ' 26

Connect RodsBearings 32Crankshaft Bearings . 33Cylinder Head 12

M F 6 5

19

193

147

149

152

148

13

131

132

182

177

18

M F 7

191

192

193

195

196

147

149

152

148

13

131

132

182

177

18

M F 7 5

19

193

147

149

152

148

13

131

132

182

177

18

M F 9

191

192

193

195

196

47

149

152

148

13

131

132

182

177

18

759

95

96

76

99

1 6

93

83

11

26

32

33

12

75

9

95

96

76

99

1 6

93

83

759

95

96

76

99

1 6

93

83

75

9

95

96

76

99

1 6

93

83

MF255E NGINE (CONT.)

Engine Balancer 34Oil Pum p 40Pistons, Sleeves Rings 30Timing Gear 19

FRONT AXLE 1F U E L SYSTEM (Diesel)Fuel Filter Ble edin g. . 114Fuel Lift Pump 116Iryecto r Nozzles 117Iryection Pump 125

FUE L SYSTEM (Gasoline)Carburetor 110

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMAuxiliary HydraulicPump 230Auxiliary Valve 235Checks Adjustm ents. . 212Contol Qua drant 217

Hydraulic Lift Pum p . . . 222Hydraulic Testing 240Lift Cover 215Reservoir Filter 210Selector ValveTrouble-Shooting 211

IGNITION A NDELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Alternator Regulator . 137Distributor 135Startin g Motor 144Wiring Diagrams 245

POWER STEERINGHydrostatic Hand Pump 8Lubrication Bleeding . 3Power Steering Pump . . 5Steer ing Cylinder . . . . . . 10

POWER TAK E OFF(Independent) 20 3

POWER TA K E OFF(Live) 200

R E A R A X LE A NDFINAL DRIVE

Final Drive AxleHousing 188

Wheel Axle Planeta ry 185TRA NSM ISSION

Eight Speed 159Multi-Power 167Removal 157Tra ctor Split 156

M F 6 5

34

4

3

19

1

114

116

117

125

11

23

235

212

217

22224

215

21

211

137

135

144

245

8

3

5

1

2 3

2

188

185

159

167

157

156

M F 7

1

114

116

117

125

23

235

212

217

22224

215

21

22

211

137

144

245

8

3

5

1

2 3

2

188

185

159

167

157

156

M F 7 5

1

114

116

117

125

23

235

212

217

22224

215

21

li

137

144

245

8

3

5

1

2 3

2

188

185

159

167

157

156

M F 9

1

114

116

117

125

23

23

212

7

22224

215

21

22

211

137

144

245

8

3

5

1

2 3

2

188

185

159

167

157

156



DU L DIMENSIONS

This service manual provides specifications in both Metric (SI) and U.S. Custom ary systems of m easure-ment . The first specification is given in the measuring system p erceived by us to be the preferred systemwhen servicing a particular component, w hile the second specification (given in parenthesis) is the con-verted measurement. For instance, a specification of 0.28mm 0.011 inch) would indicate that we feelthe preferred measurem ent is the me tric system of m easurement and the U.S. Customary equivalent of

0.28 mm is 0.011 inch.

CONDENSED SERVICE D T

Engine MakeEngine ModelNumber of Cylinders

Bore

Stroke

Displacement

Electrical System.

Forward SpeedsReverse Speeds

Firing Order 1-3-4-2Valve Clea rance , Cold

Intake .... •

Exhaust

Valve C learance, Hot

Intake 0.30 mm :

(0.012 in.

Exhaust 0.38 mm

(0.015 in.Valve Face Angle 46°Valve Seat Angle 46°Iryection Timing, StaticIryector Opening Pressure

Ignition Timing, Static 12° HTDC

Breaker-Point Gap 0.56 mm

(0.022 in.

Dwell Angle 31°-34°Spark Plug Gap 0.63 mm

(0.025 in.Governed Speeds — Engine Rpm

Low Idle 725-775High Idle (no-load) 2225-2275Rated (full load) 2000

Power Rating at PtoShaft 37.3 kW

(50 hp

Crankshaft Main JournalDiameter 76.162-76.175 mm

(2.9985-2.9990 in.Bearing Clearance 0.064-0.114 mm

(0,0025-0.0045 in.

MF255Gasoline

PerkinsAG4.212

4

98.4 mm(3.875 in.

114.3 mm(4.5 in.3.48 L

(212 cu. in.

MF255Diesel

PerkinsAD4.203

4 .-

91.5 mm(3.6 in.

127 mm(5.0 in.3.33 L

(203 cu. in.1*̂ Vn lt Nr £*n tivr

8 or l ̂2 or 4

MF255Diesel

PerkinsA4.236

4

98.4 mm(3.875 in.

127 mm(5.0 in.3.87 L

(236 cu. in.

MF265

Gasoline

PerkinsAG4.236

4

98.4 mm(3.875 in

127 mm(5.0 in3.87 L

(236 cu. in.

1-3-4-2

0.30 mm

(0.012 in.0.30 mm

(0.012 in.

0.25 mm(0.010 in.0.25 mm

(0.010 in.45°45°

26° BTDC17235 kP^(2500 psi

1-3-4-2

0.30 mm

(0.012 in.0.30 mm

(0.012 in.

0.25 mm(0.010 in.0.25 mm

(0.010 in.45°45°

23° BTDC17235 kPa(2500 psi

725-77521852000

37.3 kW(50 hp

69.81-69.82 mm(2.7485-2.7490 in.

0.076-0.127 mm(0.003-0.005 in.

725-77521852000

38.8 kW(52 hp

1-3-4-2

0.30 mm(0.012 in.0.38 mm

(0.015 in.46°46°

11° BTDC0.56 mm

(0.022 in.31°-34°

0.63 mm(0.025 in.

725-7752225-2275

2000

44.7 kW(60 hp

76.162-76.175 mm 76.162-76.175 mm(2.9985-2.9990 in. (2.9985-2.9990 in.

0.05-0.10 mm 0.064-0.114 mm(0.002-0.004 in. (0.0025-0.0045 in,



DU L DIMENSIONS

This service manual provides specifications in both Metric (SI) and U.S. Custom ary systems of m easure-ment . The first specification is given in the measuring system p erceived by us to be the preferred systemwhen servicing a particular component, w hile the second specification (given in parenthesis) is the con-verted measurement. For instance, a specification of 0.28mm 0.011 inch) would indicate that we feelthe preferred measurem ent is the me tric system of m easurement and the U.S. Customary equivalent of

0.28 mm is 0.011 inch.


Engine MakeEngine ModelNumber of Cylinders

Bore

Stroke

Displacement

Electrical System.


Firing Order 1-3-4-2Valve Clea rance , Cold

Intake .... •

Exhaust

Valve C learance, Hot

Intake 0.30 mm :

(0.012 in.

Exhaust 0.38 mm

(0.015 in.Valve Face Angle 46°Valve Seat Angle 46°Iryection Timing, StaticIryector Opening Pressure

Ignition Timing, Static 12° HTDC

Breaker-Point Gap 0.56 mm

(0.022 in.

Dwell Angle 31°-34°Spark Plug Gap 0.63 mm

(0.025 in.Governed Speeds — Engine Rpm

Low Idle 725-775High Idle (no-load) 2225-2275Rated (full load) 2000

Power Rating at PtoShaft 37.3 kW

(50 hp


(2.9985-2.9990 in.Bearing Clearance 0.064-0.114 mm

(0,0025-0.0045 in.

MF255Gasoline

PerkinsAG4.212

4

98.4 mm(3.875 in.

114.3 mm(4.5 in.3.48 L

(212 cu. in.

MF255Diesel

PerkinsAD4.203

4 .-

91.5 mm(3.6 in.

127 mm(5.0 in.3.33 L

(203 cu. in.1*̂ Vn lt Nr £*n tivr

8 or l ̂2 or 4

MF255Diesel

PerkinsA4.236

4

98.4 mm(3.875 in.

127 mm(5.0 in.3.87 L

(236 cu. in.

MF265

Gasoline

PerkinsAG4.236

4

98.4 mm(3.875 in

127 mm(5.0 in3.87 L

(236 cu. in.

1-3-4-2

0.30 mm

(0.012 in.0.30 mm

(0.012 in.

0.25 mm(0.010 in.0.25 mm

(0.010 in.45°45°

26° BTDC17235 kP^(2500 psi

1-3-4-2

0.30 mm

(0.012 in.0.30 mm

(0.012 in.

0.25 mm(0.010 in.0.25 mm

(0.010 in.45°45°

23° BTDC17235 kPa(2500 psi

725-77521852000

37.3 kW(50 hp

69.81-69.82 mm(2.7485-2.7490 in.

0.076-0.127 mm(0.003-0.005 in.

725-77521852000

38.8 kW(52 hp

1-3-4-2

0.30 mm(0.012 in.0.38 mm

(0.015 in.46°46°

11° BTDC0.56 mm

(0.022 in.31°-34°

0.63 mm(0.025 in.

725-7752225-2275

2000

44.7 kW(60 hp

76.162-76.175 mm 76.162-76.175 mm(2.9985-2.9990 in. (2.9985-2.9990 in.

0.05-0.10 mm 0.064-0.114 mm(0.002-0.004 in. (0.0025-0.0045 in,



CONDENSED SERVICE DATA CONT.)

MF255^ Gasoline

SIZES-CLEARANCES CONT.)Crankshaft Crankpin

Diameter 63.475-63.487 mm(2.4990-2.4995 in.)Bearing Clearance 0.038-0.076 mm

(0,0015-0.0030 in.)Crankshaft End Play 0.05-0.38 mm

(0.002-0.015 in.)Camshaft Journal Diameter

Fron t 50,71-50.74 mm(1.9965-1,9975 in.)

Center 50.46-50.48 mm(1.9865-1.9875 in.)

Rear 49.95-49.97 mm(1.9665-1.9675 in.)

Camshaft Bearing ClearanceFront 0.064-0.132 mm

(0,0025-0,0052 in.)Center Rear 0.064-0.140 mm

(0.0025-0.0055 in.)Camshaft End Play 0.10-0.40 mm

(0.004-0.016 in.)CAPACITIES

Cooling System 10.4 L(11 U.S. qts.)

Crankcase Oil 4.7 L*(5 U.S. qts,)

*Add 0,95 L (1 U.S. qt.) with filter change.

Transmission, Differentialand Hydraulic SystemWith Dry Brakes 37.8 L

(10 U.S. gals.)With Wet Brake s 41.6 L

(11 U.S, gals.)Rear Axle Planetary

(Each) 1.4 L(1.5 U.S. qts.)

Power Steering 0.95 L(1 U.S. qt.)

TIGHTENING TORQUESt

Cylinder Hea d 122-129 N-m(90-95 ft.-lbs.)Main Bearing Caps 230-244 N-m

(170-180 ft.-lbs.)Connecting Rod CapsFly wh eel 100-108 N-m

(74-80 ft.-lbs.)Crankshaft Pulley 380-406 N-m

(280-300 ft.-lbs,)Rocker Shaft Sup ports 38-43 N-m

(28-32 ft.-lbs.)Int ak e Manifold 28-33 N-m

(21-24 ft.-lbs.)

Exhaust Manifold 33-38 N-m(24-28 ft.-lbs.)Cam shaft Gear , 61-68 N-m

(45-50 ft.-lbs.)Idler Gear Hub 27-33 N-m

(20-24 ft.-lbs,)fibrque figures apply with threads clean and lightly oiled.

MF255Diesel

57.112-57.125 mm(2.2485-2,2490 in,)

0.064-0 102 mm(0.0025-0.0040 in.)

0 05-0.35 mm(0.002-0.014 in.)

47.47-47.50 mm(1.869-1.870 in.)47.22-47.24 mm(1,859-1.860 in.)46.71-46.74 mm(1.839-1.840 in.)

0.102-0.203 m m(0,004-0.008 in,)0 102-0.203 mm(0.004-0.008 in.)

10,4 L(11 U.S. qts.)

6.6 L*(7 U.S. qts,)

37.8 L(10 U.S. gals,)

41.6 L(11 U.S. gals.)

1.4 L(1.5 U.S. qts.)

0.95 L(1. U.S. qt.)

95-102 N-m(70-75 ft.-lbs.)150-155 N-m

(110-115 ft.-lbs.)

100-108 N-m(74-80 ft.-lbs,)136-149 N-m

(100-110 ft.-lbs,)28-33 N-m

(21-24 ft,-lbs.)8-12 N-m

(6-9 ft.-lbs.)28-33 N-m

(21-24 ft.-lbs.)26-28 N-m

(19-21 ft.-lbs.)26-28 N-m

(19-21 ft.-lbs.)

MF255Diesel

63.475-63.487 mm(2.4990-2.4995 in.)

0.038-0.076 mm(0.0015-0.0030 in.)

0.10-0 38 mm(0.004-0.015 in.)

50.71-50.74 mm(1.9965-1.9975 in.)

50.46-50,48 mm(1.9865-1.9875 in.)

49.95-49,97 mm(1.9665-1.9675 in.)

0.064-0.132 mm(0.0025-0.0052 in.)0 064-0.140 mm

(0.0025-0.0055 in,)0.10-0.40 mm

(0.004-0.016 in.)

10.4 L(11 U.S. qts.)

6.6 L*(7 US. qts.)

37,8 L(10 U.S. gals.)

41.6 L(11 U.S. gals.)

1,4 L(1.5 U.S. qts.)

0.95 L. (1 U.S, qt.)

135 N-m(100 ft.-lbs.)230-244 N-m

(170-180 ft.-lbs.)

108 N-m(80 ft.-lbs.)

392 N-m(290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m(24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m(24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

(24 ft.-lbs.)65 N-m

(48 ft.-lbs.)41 N-m

(30 ft.-lbs.)

MF265Gasoline

63.475-63,487 mm(2.4990-2.4995 in.)

0.038-0.076 mm(0.0015-0.0030 in.)

0.05-0.38 mm(0,002-0.015 in.)

50.71-50.74 mm(1.9965-1,9975 in.)

50.46-50.48 mm(1,9865-1.9875 in.)

49.95-49.97 mm(1.9665-1.9675 in.)

0.064-0.132 mm(0,0025-0.0052 in.)0.064-0.140 mm

(0.0025-0.0055 in.)0.10-0.40 mm

(0.004-0.016 in.)

10.4 L(11 U.S. qts,)

6.6 L*(7 U.S. qts.)

37.8 L(10 U.S. gals.)

41.6 L(11 U.S. gals.)

1.4 L(1.5 U.S. qts.)

0,95 L(1 U.S. qt.)

122-129 N-m(90-95 ft.-lbs.)230-244 N-m

(170-180 ft.lbs.)

100-108 N-m(74-80 ft.-lbs,)380-406 N-m

(280-300 ft.-lbs,)38-43 N-m

(28-32 ft.-lbs,)28-33 N-m

(21-24 ft.-lbs.)33-38 N-m

(24-28 ft.-lbs.)61-68 N-m

(45-50 ft.-lbs.)26-28 N-m

(20-24 ft.-lbs.)




En g i n e M ak eEn g i n e M o d e l

N u m b e r of C y l i n d e r s . . . . . . .B o re

S t ro k e

Displacement

Electrical System


Firing Order 1-3-4-2

Valve Clearance, ColdIntake and Exhaust 0,30 mm

0.012 in.)Valve Clearance, Hot

Intake and Exhaust 0,25 mm

0.010 in.)Valve Face Angle . 45°Valve Seat Angle 45°Iryection Timing, Static 23° BTDCIryector Opening Press ure 17235 kPa

2500 psi)Governed Speeds — Engine Rpm.

Low Idle 725-775High Idle no-load) 2185

Rated full load) 2000Power Rating at Pto

Shaft 44.7 kW

60 hp)

MF265Diesel

PerkinsA4,236

498.4 mm

3.875 in.) .

127 mm 5,0 in.)

3.87 L 236 cu. in.)

MF270Diesel

PerkinsA4.236

498.4 mm . ;

3.875 in.) ^

127 mm ^5.0 in.) V '

3.87 L : • 236 cu. in.)

^ Volt Nocitivr8 or 1 ̂

2 or

MF275Diesel

PerkinsA4.248

4101 mm

3,975 in.)

127 mm 5.0 in.)

4.06 L 24 8 cu. in.)

MF290

Diesel

Perkins. A4.248

4101 mm

3.975 in)127 mm 5.0 in)4.06 L

248 cu. in.)

1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

0.30 mm ^ . 0,012 in,)

0.25 mm

0,010 in.)4 5 °4 5 °

23° BTDC17235 kPa 2500 psi)

725-7752185

2000

41.0 kw :

55 hp)

0.30 mm 0.012 in.)

0.25 mm 0.010 in,)

4 5 °4 5 °

24° BTDC17235 kPa 2500 psi)

725-7752185

2000

50.0 kW 67 hp)

0.30 mm 0,012 in.)

0.25 mm 0.010 in.)

4 5 °4 5 °

24° BTDC17235 kPa 2500 psi)

725-7752380

2200

49,2 kW 66 hp)


2.9985-2.9990 in.)Bearing Clearance . 0.05-0.10 mm

0.002-0.004 in.)Crankshaft Crankpin

Diameter 63.475-63.487 mm

2.4990-2.4995 in.)

Bearing Clearance 0.038-0.076 mm

0.0015-0.0030 in.)

Crankshaft End Play 0.10-0,38 mm 0,004-0.015 in,)

Camshaft Journal DiameterFront 50,71-50.74 mm

1.9965-1,9975 in.)

Center 50,46-50.48 mm

1.9865-1.9875 in.)

Rear 49.95-49.97 mm 1.9665-1.9675 in.)

Camshaft Bearing Clearance

Front 0,064-0.132 mm 0,0025-0.0052 in.)

Center & Rear 0.064-0.140 mm 0.0025-0.0055 in.)

Camshaft End Play 0,10-0.40 mm 0 , 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 6 i n .)

7 6 . 1 6 2 - 7 6 . 1 7 5 2 . 9 9 8 5 - 2 . 9 9 9 0 in.)

0.05-0.10 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 , 0 0 4 i n. )

6 3 . 4 7 5 - 6 3 . 4 8 7 2 . 4 9 9 0 - 2 . 4 9 9 5 in.)

0.038-0 076 0 , 0 0 1 5 - 0 , 0 0 3 0 i n .)

0.10-0.38 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 , 0 1 5 i n .)

5 0 . 7 1 - 5 0 . 7 4 1 . 9 9 6 5 - 1 . 9 9 7 5 i n. )

5 0 . 4 6 - 5 0 . 4 8 1 . 9 8 6 5 - 1 . 9 8 7 5 i n. )

4 9 , 9 5 - 4 9 , 9 7 1 , 9 6 6 5 - 1 . 9 6 7 5 in.)

0.064-0 114 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 , 0 0 4 5 in .)

0.064-0 140 0 , 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 5 5 in.)

0.10-0.40 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 6 i n .)

7 6 . 1 6 2 - 7 6 , 1 7 5 2 . 9 9 8 5 - 2 . 9 9 9 0 in.)

0 05-0.10 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)

6 3 . 4 7 5 - 6 3 , 4 8 7 2 . 4 9 9 0 - 2 . 4 9 9 5 in.)

0.038-0.076 0 . 0 0 1 5 - 0 , 0 0 3 0 i n .)

0 10-0.38 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 5 i n .)

5 0 , 7 1 - 5 0 . 7 4 1 . 9 9 6 5 - 1 . 9 9 7 5 i n. )

5 0 . 4 6 - 5 0 . 4 8 1 . 9 8 6 5 - 1 . 9 8 7 5 i n .)

4 9 . 9 5 - 4 9 . 9 7 1 . 9 6 6 5 - 1 , 9 6 7 5 in.)

7 6 , 1 6 2 - 7 6 . 1 7 5 2 . 9 9 8 5 - 2 . 9 9 9 0 in.)

0.05-0.10 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 i n. )

6 3 . 4 7 5 - 6 3 . 4 8 7 2 . 4 9 9 0 - 2 . 4 9 9 5 in . )

0.038-0.076 0 , 0 0 1 5 - 0 . 0 0 3 0 i n .)

0.10-0 38 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 5 i n .)

5 0 . 7 1 - 5 0 . 7 4 1 . 9 9 6 5 - 1 . 9 9 7 5 i n. )

5 0 . 4 6 - 5 0 , 4 8 1 . 9 8 6 5 - 1 . 9 8 7 5 i n. )

4 9 , 9 5 - 4 9 . 9 7 1 , 9 6 6 5 - 1 , 9 6 7 5 in.)

0.64-0 132 0.064-0.114 0 , 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 5 2 i n. ) 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 0 . 0 0 4 5 i n. )

0.064-0.140 0.064-0.140 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 5 5 i n. ) 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 5 5 in.)

0.10-0.40 0.10-0.40 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 6 i n .) 0 , 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 6 i n, )



Paragraphs 1-2 MASSEY-FERGUSON

CONDENSED SERVICE DATA (CONT)

MF265 Diesel

CAPACITIESCooling System 10.4 L

11 U.S. qts,)Cra nkc ase Oil 6,6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)*Add 0.95 L 1 U.S. qt,) w ith filter chan ge.Transmission, Differentialand Hydraulic System

With Dry Brakes , . . 37.8 L 10 U.S. gals.)

With Wet Brakes 41.6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

Rear Axle Planetary Each ) 1.4 L

1.5 U.S. qts.)

Power Steering 0,95 L 1 U.S. qt,)

TIGHTENING TORQUESt

Cylinde r Head 135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs,)

Main Bearin g Caps 244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs.)

Connecting Rod CapsFlyw heel 108 N-m

80 ft.-lbs,)Cran kshaft Pulley 392 N-m

290 ft,-lbs.)Rocker Shaft Sup ports 33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)Int ak e Manifold 33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)Ex hau st Manifold 33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs,)Cam shaft Gear 61-68 N-m

45-50 ft.-lbs.)Idler Gear Hub 27-32 N-m

20-24 ft.-lbs.)fibrque figures apply with threads clean and lightly oiled.

MF270Diesel

14.2 L

15 U.S. qts,)6,6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)

41,6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

1.4 L 1.5 U.S. qts.)

1.1 L 1.2 U.S. qt.)

135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs.)

244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs.)

108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs.)

392 N-m 290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

65 N-m 48 ft.-lbs.)

40 N-m 30 ft.-lbs.)

MF275Diesel

11.3 L

12 U.S. qts.)6.6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)

37.8 L 10 U.S. gals.)

41.6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

1,4 L 1.5 U.S. qts.)

0,95 L 1 U.S. qt.)

135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs.)

244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs,)

tn TVvt

108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs,)

392 N-m 290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)61-68 N-m

45-50 ft.-lbs.)27-32 N-m

20-24 ft.-lbs,)

MF290Diesel

14,2 L

15 U,S, qts.)6.6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)

41.6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

1.4 L 1,5 U.S. qts.)

1,1 L 1.2 U.S. qt.)

135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs.)

244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs.)

108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs.)

392 N-m 290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

65 N-m 48 ft.-lbs,)

40 N-m 30 ft.-lbs,)

FRONT SYSTEM

AXLE ASSEMBLY

All Models

1. Refer t o Fig. 1 for an exploded viewof adjustable axle typical of unit usedon all tractors. Recommended toe-in is3,2 mm 1/8 inch) and is acyusted byturnin g right-hand tie rod end E) intoor out of tub e T),

Tb remove the axle assembly, firstremove h ood, grille, side panels, battery,battery support, shield and grille frame.Remove snap ring 5) and pull the ce nterstee ring shaft 11) dow n out of arm 2)and su ppo rt 1). Be careful n ot to loseshims 6) or damage seal 9), Support ax-

le and en gine separately. Remove retain-ing clips, the n remove retaining pin 14).Use a puller to withdraw pivot pin 16)out toward front. Fore and aft play ofaxle is adjusted by thickness of shims 15) and w ashe r 19).

Tb remove axle supp ort 1), firstremove radiator and power steeringcylinder Remove mounting bolts, thenlower support housing from tractor.

Inspect all parts for wear or damageand renew if necessary. Ream newbushings after installation to providedesired operating clearance.

To reinstall axle support and axleassembly, reverse the removal pro-cedure. Tighten cap screws retaining ax-le sup po rt casting to 271 N-m 200

ft.-lbs.) tor qu e. Add shims 15) asnecessary to limit fore and aft play ofaxle to 0.08-0.25 mm 0,003-0.010 inch).Be sure shims are to the front an d thrus twa sher 19) is to the rear.

SPINDLES AND WHEEL HUBS

All Models

2. It is recommended that front wheelbearings be cleaned, inspected andrepacked with grease after every 500hours of operat ion, or annual ly ,whichever comes first. A good qualitymultipurpose lithium base grease isrecommended for repacking bearings.Tb rem ove spind le 22—Fig. 1), loosen

6




CONDENSED SERVICE DATA (CONT)

MF265 Diesel

CAPACITIESCooling System 10.4 L

11 U.S. qts,)Cra nkc ase Oil 6,6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)*Add 0.95 L 1 U.S. qt,) w ith filter chan ge.Transmission, Differentialand Hydraulic System

With Dry Brakes , . . 37.8 L 10 U.S. gals.)

With Wet Brakes 41.6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

Rear Axle Planetary Each ) 1.4 L

1.5 U.S. qts.)

Power Steering 0,95 L 1 U.S. qt,)

TIGHTENING TORQUESt

Cylinde r Head 135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs,)

Main Bearin g Caps 244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs.)

Connecting Rod CapsFlyw heel 108 N-m

80 ft.-lbs,)Cran kshaft Pulley 392 N-m

290 ft,-lbs.)Rocker Shaft Sup ports 33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)Int ak e Manifold 33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)Ex hau st Manifold 33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs,)Cam shaft Gear 61-68 N-m

45-50 ft.-lbs.)Idler Gear Hub 27-32 N-m

20-24 ft.-lbs.)fibrque figures apply with threads clean and lightly oiled.

MF270Diesel

14.2 L

15 U.S. qts,)6,6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)

41,6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

1.4 L 1.5 U.S. qts.)

1.1 L 1.2 U.S. qt.)

135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs.)

244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs.)

108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs.)

392 N-m 290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

65 N-m 48 ft.-lbs.)

40 N-m 30 ft.-lbs.)

MF275Diesel

11.3 L

12 U.S. qts.)6.6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)

37.8 L 10 U.S. gals.)

41.6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

1,4 L 1.5 U.S. qts.)

0,95 L 1 U.S. qt.)

135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs.)

244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs,)

tn TVvt

108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs,)

392 N-m 290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)61-68 N-m

45-50 ft.-lbs.)27-32 N-m

20-24 ft.-lbs,)

MF290Diesel

14,2 L

15 U,S, qts.)6.6 L*

7 U.S. qts.)

41.6 L 11 U.S. gals.)

1.4 L 1,5 U.S. qts.)

1,1 L 1.2 U.S. qt.)

135 N-m 100 ft.-lbs.)

244 N-m 180 ft.-lbs.)

108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs.)

392 N-m 290 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m

24 ft.-lbs.)33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.)

65 N-m 48 ft.-lbs,)

40 N-m 30 ft.-lbs,)

FRONT SYSTEM

AXLE ASSEMBLY

All Models

1. Refer t o Fig. 1 for an exploded viewof adjustable axle typical of unit usedon all tractors. Recommended toe-in is3,2 mm 1/8 inch) and is acyusted byturnin g right-hand tie rod end E) intoor out of tub e T),

Tb remove the axle assembly, firstremove h ood, grille, side panels, battery,battery support, shield and grille frame.Remove snap ring 5) and pull the ce nterstee ring shaft 11) dow n out of arm 2)and su ppo rt 1). Be careful n ot to loseshims 6) or damage seal 9), Support ax-

le and en gine separately. Remove retain-ing clips, the n remove retaining pin 14).Use a puller to withdraw pivot pin 16)out toward front. Fore and aft play ofaxle is adjusted by thickness of shims 15) and w ashe r 19).

Tb remove axle supp ort 1), firstremove radiator and power steeringcylinder Remove mounting bolts, thenlower support housing from tractor.

Inspect all parts for wear or damageand renew if necessary. Ream newbushings after installation to providedesired operating clearance.

To reinstall axle support and axleassembly, reverse the removal pro-cedure. Tighten cap screws retaining ax-le sup po rt casting to 271 N-m 200

ft.-lbs.) tor qu e. Add shims 15) asnecessary to limit fore and aft play ofaxle to 0.08-0.25 mm 0,003-0.010 inch).Be sure shims are to the front an d thrus twa sher 19) is to the rear.

SPINDLES AND WHEEL HUBS

All Models

2. It is recommended that front wheelbearings be cleaned, inspected andrepacked with grease after every 500hours of operat ion, or annual ly ,whichever comes first. A good qualitymultipurpose lithium base grease isrecommended for repacking bearings.Tb rem ove spind le 22—Fig. 1), loosen

6



MANUAL

(13) clamp bo lt and pull th e key

Inspect thrust bear ing (27) and (24 and 26) and renew if

be to provide

to bushing clearance.

Reinstall spindle and arm with a new arm on spindle

is less than 0.10 mm (0.004 to 135

ft,- lbs.) torque.Tb adjust wheel hub bearings, tighten

nut to 80 N-m (60 ft.-

off castellated n ut to align n earestwith pin hole, then back off further

the next slot and install co tter pin.

Fig. 1—Exploded view of

typical adjustable front axle

assembly used on all models,A two-piece steering arm andshaft (It) is used on some

models.

1. Front support2. Arm

3. Bushing4. Grease fittings5. Snap ring6. Shim7. Bushings8. O ring9. Seal

10. O ring11 . Steering arm & shaft12. Tie rod13. Spindle arm '14. Retaining pin15. Shims16. Axle pivot pin17. Bushing18. Bushing19. Washer20 . Axle21 . Woodruff key22 . Spindle23 . Seal

Paragraphs 3 4

3

2324

24 . Bushing

25 . Axle extension26 . Bushing27 . Thrust washer

POWER STEERING SYSTEM

LUBRICATION AND BLEEDING

3. The hydrostatic pow er steeringuid reservoir is attac he d to th e rea r of

power steering h ydraulic pump (Fig.. Massey-Ferguson Permatran 111 Oil for use in steering

On early models, an oil strainer screenlocated on pum p inlet pipe inside the

a renewable is located within the

On all models, it is recom-

or filter ele- replaced, after every 500 hours of

or annual ly, w hichever

The steering system is self bleeding,t steering should be cycled and reser- as necessary until level

, Tb fill, sto p en gine and 2). If steer-

g cylinder has been disassembled or

ing fluid a s level lowers un- is stabilized. Install filler plug

as necessary to maintain securely

level ceases to drop.

OPERATING PRESSURE

4 . Tb check pow er steering relief valve engine and actuate

steering until oil tem pera ture is approx-imately 50° C (120° F), Disconnectpress ure line (P—Fig. 2) and connect a0-20000 kP a (0-3000 psi) pressure gagein pump outlet port . Start engine andoperate at 2000 rpm. Relief pre ssu re

should not exceed 11375 kPa (1650 psi).

Fig 2—The power steering reservoir is filled

through hole for plug F) . Pump pressure line Is

shown at P) .

Fig, 3—Exploded view of

Parker Hannlfln power steer*Ing pump. Refer to text for

assembly notes1. Drive gear2. Seal3. Front cover4. Seals8. Pumping gears9. Pump body

10. Rear cover

11. ReliefValve13. Filter14. Reservoir15. V seal16. Gasket17. Shield

18. Wear plate19. Thrust plate * ^20 . Screws

Relief valve pressure sett ing can beadjusted by turning relief valve ad-justing screw (Fig. 3, 4 or 5) clockwiseto increase pressure or counterclock-wise to reduce pressure. On early stylepump (Fig. 3) reservoir (14) must be

removed for access to relief valve. Onlate style p ump s (Fig, 4 or 5), relief valveis located on outside of pump body.Recommended pressure se t t ing is10345-11030 kPa (1500-1600 psi).

If specified relief pressure cannot beobtain ed, service relief valve and pumpas outlined in approp riate paragraph 5,6 or 7,

POWER STEERING PUMP

Three different types of power steer-ing pumps have been used; Parker-

Hannifin, Sundstrand and Aero-Quip.See Figs, 3, 4 and 5 for exploded viewof each pump. The gear type steeringpum p is attache d to rear of engine t im-

r2

6 17 18 4 9

9 10 11 13 14



MANUAL

(13) clamp bo lt and pull th e key

Inspect thrust bear ing (27) and (24 and 26) and renew if

be to provide

to bushing clearance.

Reinstall spindle and arm with a new arm on spindle

is less than 0.10 mm (0.004 to 135

ft,- lbs.) torque.Tb adjust wheel hub bearings, tighten

nut to 80 N-m (60 ft.-

off castellated n ut to align n earestwith pin hole, then back off further

the next slot and install co tter pin.


typical adjustable front axle

assembly used on all models,A two-piece steering arm andshaft (It) is used on some

models.

1. Front support2. Arm

3. Bushing4. Grease fittings5. Snap ring6. Shim7. Bushings8. O ring9. Seal

10. O ring11 . Steering arm & shaft12. Tie rod13. Spindle arm '14. Retaining pin15. Shims16. Axle pivot pin17. Bushing18. Bushing19. Washer20 . Axle21 . Woodruff key22 . Spindle23 . Seal

Paragraphs 3 4

3

2324

24 . Bushing

25 . Axle extension26 . Bushing27 . Thrust washer

POWER STEERING SYSTEM

LUBRICATION AND BLEEDING

3. The hydrostatic pow er steeringuid reservoir is attac he d to th e rea r of

power steering h ydraulic pump (Fig.. Massey-Ferguson Permatran 111 Oil for use in steering

On early models, an oil strainer screenlocated on pum p inlet pipe inside the

a renewable is located within the

On all models, it is recom-

or filter ele- replaced, after every 500 hours of

or annual ly, w hichever

The steering system is self bleeding,t steering should be cycled and reser- as necessary until level

, Tb fill, sto p en gine and 2). If steer-

g cylinder has been disassembled or

ing fluid a s level lowers un- is stabilized. Install filler plug

as necessary to maintain securely

level ceases to drop.

OPERATING PRESSURE

4 . Tb check pow er steering relief valve engine and actuate

steering until oil tem pera ture is approx-imately 50° C (120° F), Disconnectpress ure line (P—Fig. 2) and connect a0-20000 kP a (0-3000 psi) pressure gagein pump outlet port . Start engine andoperate at 2000 rpm. Relief pre ssu re

should not exceed 11375 kPa (1650 psi).

Fig 2—The power steering reservoir is filled

through hole for plug F) . Pump pressure line Is

shown at P) .

Fig, 3—Exploded view of

Parker Hannlfln power steer*Ing pump. Refer to text for

assembly notes1. Drive gear2. Seal3. Front cover4. Seals8. Pumping gears9. Pump body

10. Rear cover

11. ReliefValve13. Filter14. Reservoir15. V seal16. Gasket17. Shield

18. Wear plate19. Thrust plate * ^20 . Screws

Relief valve pressure sett ing can beadjusted by turning relief valve ad-justing screw (Fig. 3, 4 or 5) clockwiseto increase pressure or counterclock-wise to reduce pressure. On early stylepump (Fig. 3) reservoir (14) must be

removed for access to relief valve. Onlate style p ump s (Fig, 4 or 5), relief valveis located on outside of pump body.Recommended pressure se t t ing is10345-11030 kPa (1500-1600 psi).

If specified relief pressure cannot beobtain ed, service relief valve and pumpas outlined in approp riate paragraph 5,6 or 7,

POWER STEERING PUMP

Three different types of power steer-ing pumps have been used; Parker-

Hannifin, Sundstrand and Aero-Quip.See Figs, 3, 4 and 5 for exploded viewof each pump. The gear type steeringpum p is attache d to rear of engine t im-

r2

6 17 18 4 9

9 10 11 13 14



Paragraphs 5 7 MASSEY FERGUSON

ing gear case, on either the left-hand orright-hand side of engine (depending o ntractor model), and is driven by the tim-ing gears,

Parker Hannifin Pump

5 , R R AN D OVERHAUL. Be sure to

thoroughly clean outside of pump andhydraulic lines before removing pumpfrom engine. The pump mounting capscrews enter pump housing from thefront and heads are located on timinggear front cover

Before disassembling, scribe align-ment marks across front cover (3—Fig.3), body (9), rear cover (10) and reser-voir (14). Separate reservoir from rearcover. Remove drive gear (1) and keyfrom pump shaft. Remove tie bolts, thentap end of pump drive shaft to separate

rear cover from front cover Place align-ment marks on teeth of pump gears sooriginal contact pat tern of gear teethcan be maintained if original gears arereinstalled. Remove gears, thrust plate(19) and wear plate (18) from pumpbody. Remove shield (17), gasket (16), V seal (15) and drive shaft seal (2)from front cover.

If relief valve (11) is to be disassem-bled, count the number of turns re-quired to remove the ac^usting plug soplug can be reinstalled to its original set-ting. Check relief pressure as outlined

in paragraph 4 after pump is reinstall-ed and adjust if necessary.

Inspect all par ts for evidenc e of wearor damage. If pump body (9) is ex-cessively worn, pump assembly shouldbe renewed. Renew all seals, gaskets,thrust p late, wear plate and ' * 0 rings.

Tb reassemble, reverse the disassem-bly procedure while noting the follow-ing special instructions: Lip of oil seal(2) should face inward in front cover.T'he '*V*' groove of seal (15) should bedownward (facing away from gasket) infront cover. The 1.5 mm (1/16 inch) hole(H) in ga sket (16), shield (17) and wearplate (18) must be positioned upward(toward pressure side of pump) withbronze side of wear plate toward gearfaces. Notch (N) on flat surface of pumpbody m ust be over holes (H). Bronze sideof thru st plate (19) must be toward gearswith large cut-out section toward inlet(bottom) side of pum p. Make certain allassembly marks on pum p gears and out-side of pump body are aligned, thentighten pump assembly cap screwsevenly to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque.

Tighten reservoir mounting bolt to 11.3N-m (100 in.-lbs.) torque.If pump is mounted on left side of

engine, counterbore on drive gear (1)should face away from pump. If pumpis mounted on right side of engine, in-stall gear with counterbore toward

pump. Reinstall pump and connecthydraulic lines. Fill reservoir with oil,start engine and cycle steering from sideto side several times to purge air fromsystem. Check relief valve pressure set-ting as outlined in paragraph 4.

Sundstrand Pump

6. R R AND O VERHAUL. Th o r -oughly clean exterior of pump and sur-rounding a rea before removing .Disconnect hydraulic Hnes, remove at-taching cap screws and withdraw pumpassembly.

Prior to disassembly, scribe alignmentmarks across pump body, end plates andreservoir Remove reservoir (15—Fig. 4)an d filter element (14). Remove drivegear an d key from pump drive shaft.Remove tie bolts, t h e n carefully

separate end plates (3 and 12) frompump body (9). Remove pump gears (7and 8) and bearings (6). Remove sealrings (4 and 5) and shaft oil seal (2).Remove relief valve assembly (11),

Inspect all parts for evidence of wearor damage and ren ew as necessary. Notethat the pump gears are loaded towardinlet side of pump body (9) due tohydraulic pressure within pump, thusgears will normally cut a track on inletside of pump body if pump gear shaftsand/or bearings are worn. If depth ofwear track exceeds 0,10 mm (0,004

inch), pum p assembly should be renew-ed. Overall thickness of gears and bear-ings should be 0,10-0,20 mm(0.004-0.008 inch) less than thickness ofpump body.

Use new seals and '* 0 rings wh enreassembling. Be sure that relieved sideof bearings (6) is located on outlet sideof pump. Tighten body retaining bolts 'evenly to 4 N-m (30 ft.-lbs,) torque. Besure scribe marks made prior todisassembly are aligned.

Reinstall pum p and tighten m ounting

cap s crews to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) to rqu e.Connect hydraulic lines, refill reservoirand check relief valve pressure asoutlined in paragraph 4.

Aero Quip Pump

7. R R AN D OVERHAUL. Tb r em o v epump, first thoroughly clean exterior ofpump and surrounding area. Disconnecthydraulic lines, remove attaching capscrews and withdraw pump assembly.

Before disassembling pump, scribe

aligrmient marks across pu mp body, endplates and reservoir to ensure correctreassembly. Remove reservoir (17—Fig,5) and filter element (16). Remove drivegear (2) and Woodruff key from pumpdrive shaft. Remove tie bolts, thencarefully se parate end p lates (5 and 14)from pump body (13). Remove pumpgears (8) and bearings (9). Remove reliefvalve assembly (19).

Inspect all part s for evidenc e of wearor damage and renew if necessary. Aseal repair kit is available for renewalof all seals and 0 rings.

Tb reassemble, reverse t he disassem-bly procedure, T'ighten body retainingbolts evenly while making certain thatpump drive shaft turns freely.

Reinstall pum p and tighten mou nting

Fig 4—Exploded view ofSundstrand power steeringpump used on some models

1. Snap ring2. Oil seal3. Front cover4. O ring5. Seal ring6. Bearings7. Drive gear8. Driven gear9. Pump body

10. Spacers11. Relief valve assy.12. Rear cover13. Filter element14. O ring15. Reservoir tank

8



4.

HYDROSTATIC HAND PUMP

8 . R R AN D OVERHAUL. R em o v erom left-hand side of ins trum ent

screws at taching

om splined en d of steering sh aft (Fig.. disassemble, first thoro ughly clean

te (20) and drive link (18) from valve screws retaining top cover

a brass rod

rom v alve body as show n in seat using

remove check

sleeve as

NOTE: Be careful valve unit do es not b ind

are fit to extremely clos e toierance and

for

Paragraph 8

Flg.6—Exploded view ofhydrostatic steering handpump and controi valveassembiy used on some ear-

ly model tractors.1. Snap ring2. Snap rings

3. Bearing4. Steering wheel shaft5. Steering column6. Oil seal7. End cover8. Locator bushing9. Bushing

10. Thrust bearing assy.11. 0 r ing12. Valve spool13. Valve sleeve14. Drive pin15. Centering springs16. Check valve assy.17. Valve body18. Drive link19. Disc20 . Spacer plate21 . Rotor assy.22. End cap

11

16

Fig, 7^Left side panel removed showing removalof hydrostatic hand pump.

18

Fig. S^Exploded view ofAero-Qulp power steeringpump used on some models.

1. Snap ring2. Drive gear3. Snap ring4. Oil seal5. Front cover6. Thrust washer7. O ring8. Pump gears9. Bearings

10. Centering pin11. Seal ring12. ' O ring13. Pump body14. Rear cover15. O ring16. Filter element17. Reservoir tank18. Breather assy.

19. Relief valve assy.20 . AcUusting screw21 . Port plate

Fig. 8—U se a brass welding rod with a 90* bend n one end to form a leg about 8 mm (5/16 inch)long to push check valve plug from vaive body as

s own

SMALL F.KD

H EX T W B/M.L

Fig B^Vlew of check vaive components rem ovedfrom vaive body.

9



r gr ph 9 MASSEY FERGUSON

Remove drive pin, then separate spooland sleeve as shown in Fig. 11 . Removecentering springs from spool.

Thoroughly clean all parts in suitablesolvent and blow dry with compressedair. Inspect lapped surfaces for scoringor other damage and renew parts if

necessary. It is permissible to hand laplight scratches or burrs from mating su r-

faces of end cap (22—Fig. 6), rotorassembly (21), spacer plate (20) andvalve body (17). Use 600 grit abrasivepaper or lapping compound on a surfaceplate or piece of plate glass. Rinse inclean solvent and blow dry afterpolishing is complete. Rotor unit 21) an dthe valve body, spool (12) and sleeve (13)are avai lable only as completeassemblies. Renew oil seal and all '*0rings.

Tb reassemble, reverse the disassem-

bly procedure while noting the follow-ing special instructions: Tighten checkvalve seat to a torque of 17.6 N-m (155in.-lbs.). Install centering springs inspool in sets of thre e with arches tow ardthe middle as shown in Fig. 12. Assem-ble valve spool into sleeve so cente ringsprings are at slotted end of sleeve. In-sert drive pin. Lubricate parts withclean hydraulic oil, then install spooland sleeve into bottom end of valvebody. Be sure that pin slot in end ofdrive link is aligned with valley of in-ner rotor as shown in Fig. 14. This will

correctly tim e pump metering ele-ment to valve spool assembly. Be suretha t slot in drive link engages drive pinin valve spool. Disc (19—Fig. 6) will be

flush with surface of rotor set 21) whendrive link is correctly installed. Installend cap (22) and tighten retaining capscrews evenly to 28 N*m 21 ft,-lbs.) tor-que. Install locator bushing (8) withchamfer on outside diame ter facing up.Install top cover (7) and tig hten retain-ing cap screws evenly to 26 N*m (19 ft.-lbs.) torque.

Reinstall assembled unit and bleed airfrom system as outlined in paragraph 3,

Late Models

9. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Removelower cover from instrument panel.Note position of hydraulic pipes con-nected to hand pum p to ensure correctreassembly. Disconnect hydraulic pipesand immediately plug all openings toprevent entry of dirt. Remove the four

bolts attaching hand pump unit to sup-port bracket and steering column.Remove cap screw retaining steeringcolumn to instrument panel, raise thesteering column for clearance andremove hand pump from tractor.

Fig. 12~Vlew sho wing c orrect instaiiation ofcentering springs (arch to arch in sets of three,

notched edge down).

' COVER

Prior to disassembly, thoroughly cleanthe exterior of hand pump unit. Removescrews retainin g end plate (21—Fig. 15),then lift off end plate, stator and rotorse t (20), spacer (19), valve plate (17) anddrive link (16), Remove threaded insertand ball (7). Slide spool (15) and sleeve(11) as an assembly from valve body.Remove locating bushing (12), rin g (10),if so equipped, thrust bearing assem bly'(9), 0 ring (8) an d Tfeflon ring (6).Remove oil seal (2) from top of valvebody. Push the drive pin (14) out ofsleeve and spool, then slide the spoolfrom the sleeve. Push the centeringsprings 13) out of th e slot in valve spool.

The steering shock valve (3) is set atthe factory to open at a pressure of20000 kPa (2900 psi). Removal of sh ockvalve is not recommended as a suitablehydraulic test stand is required to pro-

perly set opening pressure of valve.Thoroughly clean all parts in asuitable solvent being careful not toscratch or nick polished surfaces ofpum p and control valve compo nents. In-spect all parts for wear or damage andrenew if necessary. If either the spool,sleeve or valve body is scored or dam ag-ed, the steering valve must be renewedas a complete unit.

If lapped surfaces of valve body (1),valve plate (17), stator/rotor set (20) orend p late (21) are scored or nicked, they |should be renewed. However, it is per-

missible to hand lap very light scra tchesor burrs from these parts if desired. Use600 grit abrasive pa per or lapping com-pound on a surface plate or piece ofplate glass. Rinse parts in clean solventand blow dry after polishing is com-pleted. A valve repair kit is availablewhich contains gaskets, seals and *'Orings necessary for reassembly of unit.

Lubricate parts with clean hydraulicoil during reassembly, Tb reassemble,reverse the disassembly procedurewhile noting the following special in-structions: Assemble centering springs

into slot in valve sleeve and spool in setsof three with arches toward the middleas shown in Fig. 12, Insert drive pin

1 —Push spool and sleeve assembiy out bottom of housing as shown.

Fig. 11—Spooi can be pushed from sleeve afterremoving cross pin.

Fig. is—Be sure O rings, seal and bushing areproperty Installed when reassembling.

Fig, 14—When properly assembled, siot in end ofdrive link will ailgn with a valley of inner rotor a s

s own

1



HOP MANUAL

(14-Fig. 15), then carefully slide valvepool assembly into bottom of valveody. Be sure that pin slot in end of

is aligned with valley of in- as shown in Fig. 14. This will

Paragraph 10

15—E xploded view of hydrostatic steering

late production tractors. housing

& plunger

0 r ing ring

plug

13 . Centering springs14. Drive pin15. Valve sleeve

16. Drive link17. Valve plate18. O rings19. Spacer20 . Stator/rotor set21 . End plate22 . Dowel pin23 . Drilled cap screw

correctly '*time pump meter ing ele-ment t o valve spool assembly. Make suretha t slot in drive link eng ages drive pinin valve spool. Be sure that dowel pin(22) engages threaded check ball insert(7), Tighten end cover retaining capscrews evenly to a torqu e of 27 N*m (2 0ft.-lbs,).

Tb reinstall steering hand pump,reverse the removal procedure. Bleed airfrom system as outlined in paragrap h 3 .

STEERING CYLINDER

All Models

1 0 . R R A N D O V E R H A U L . Toremove steering cylinder, first removegrille, side panels, battery, b attery plat-form and shield. Disconnect hoses fromcylinder, then plug all openings to pre-vent entry of dirt. Pull pivot pin from

end of cylinder rod. Disconnect thegrease supply pipe (if so equipped).Remove clamp bolt (if so equipped) andsnap ring retaining steering arm to topof steering shaft. Remove cylinder andsteering arm as a unit .

Two types of steering cylinders h ave _.been used (refer to Fig. 16 and Fig, 17),Disassembly of cylinder show n in Fig, 16is evident after removing the four tiebolts (4).

Tb disassemble cy linder show n in Fig,17, turn bearing cap (3) until straightend of retaining wire (14) is positionedin hole (H) of cylinder barrel. Use a smallscrewdriver or similar tool to start re-tainer wire out of the hole, then rotatebearing cap to force wire out of hole.After retainer wire is removed, pu ll rod(8), piston (20) and bearing cap (3) outof cylinder (7),

On either type cylinder, check par tsfor wear, scoring or other damage andrenew if necessary. Renew all seals, Orings and back-up rings. Wanning Tfeflon

Fig. 8—Holes H) are used to remove and installretaining wire 14—Fig. 17). Refer to text.

Fig. 9—The hooked end of retaining wire is in-serted Into hole in bearing cap and cap Is turned

to puii w ire Into the groove.

Fig. 16—Exploded view ofone of the two types of steering cylinders. Refer to Fig. 17

for other type.1. Seal2. Seal3. Bearing cap4. Assembly screws5. 0 r ing6. Back-up ring7. Cylinder8. Rod & piston9. Piston ring

Fig. 17—Exploded view ofone type of steering cyiinder.Angle drilled hole H) is aiso

shown in Fig. 18.

1. Seal2. Seal3. Bearing cap7. Cylinder8. Rod

14. Retaining wire15. Back-up ring16. O ring

1 2

Fig. 20— TUrn the bearing cap the direction In-dicated by arrow to puil retaining wire into groove.Use a screwdriver to start end of wire out of holeand turn end cap opposite direction shown to

remove wire.

9 11 13

8 10 12

12. Back-up ring13. End cap

3 6

10. Piston ring11. O ring

1 14 15

17. Ring18. Ring19. O rii\g

11




piston ring in hot oil will make installa-tion over piston easier Allow seal ringto cool and return to its original shape

before assembling into cyl inder .Lubricate 0 rings and seals withclean hydraulic oil during reassembly.

When reinstalling cylinder, be sure toinstall shims (if used) with steering arm.Bleed system as outlined in paragraph 3 .

PERKINS G SOLINE ENGINE N D C O M P O N E N T S

Model MF255 may be equipped witha Perk ins AG4.212 four cy linder gasolineengine. Model MF265 may be equippedwith a Perkins AG4.236 four cylindergasoline engine. Service procedures aresimilar for both engines.

R R ENGINE ASSEMBLY

All Gasoline Models

11 . Tb remove the engine and clutchas a unit, first drain cooling system, andif engine is to be disassem bled, drain oilpan . Remove front grille panels, discon-nect battery cables and remove hood.Disconnect headlight wires, radiatorhoses, air cleaner hose and hydraulic oilcooler lines. Detach b atte ry cable fromstarter motor, remove left rear sidepanel and disconnect power steering oillines. Support tractor w ith jack at frontof transmission and install wedges bet-ween front axle and axle support to pre-vent tipping. Support front axle so th at

it can be moved forward, then unboltand separate front assembly fromengine.

Shut fuel off at tank, disconnect fuellevel gage sending unit wire and fuelline then remove tank, support plateand heat shield. Disconnect main wir-ing harness from alternator, starter,temperature gage sending unit and ig-nition coil. Disconnect oil press ure line,tachometer drive cable, power steeringpum p oil lines and chok e cable. Removemuffler from models with vertical ex-haust, or disconnect exhaust pipe on

models w ith low exh aust. On all models,remove thrott le rod and be sure tha t allwires, linkage and lines are positionedout of the way for engine removal. At-tach lifting eye to left front of cylinderhead and support engine with hoist.Remove screws attaching engine totransmission housing. Use guide studswhen separating engine from trans-mission.

Reinstall in reverse of removal pro-cedure . Coat inpu t shaft splines lightlywith l i thium base grease beforeassembling.

CYLINDER HEAD

All Gasoline Models

1 2 REMOVE AND REINSTALL Tb

remove th e cylinder head, drain cooling

system and remove hood. Disconnectfuel gage sending unit wire and fuel linethen remove fuel tank, support plateand h eat shield. On models with verticalexhaust, remove muffler; on modelswith low exhaust, disconnect exhaustpipe. On all models, disconnect upperradiator hose, air cleaner hose, alter-nator bracket, spark plug wires, gover-nor l inkage and brea ther tube .Disconnect wires from fuel shut-offsolenoid, ignition coil and temperature

gage sending unit. Remove ignition coiland fuel line. Remove the carburetor, in-take manifold and exhaust manifold.Remove valve cover, rocker armassembly, push rods and spark plugs.Loosen cylinder head retaining capscrews and stud nu ts in reverse of ordershown in Fig. 21.

Check cylinder head surface fordistortion, cracks or oth er dam age. Max-imum allowable warpage is 0,10 mm(0,004 inch). Cylinder head may beresurfaced providing specified valve

head location relative to cylinder headsur face i s ma in ta ine d ( re fe r toparagraph 13). Original cylinder headthickness is 102,81-103.57 mm(4,048-4.077 inches).

Clean mating surfaces of block andhead , the n position gasket with TOPFRONT FIT DRY'' tow ard top fro nt. In-stall gasket dry, do no use sealing com-pound. Install cylinder head and tightenfasteners in sequence shown in Fig, 21evenly in 15-20 N-m (10-15 ft.-lbs.) in-crements until final torque of 122-129N*m (90-95 ft.-lbs.) is obtained. Install

push rods and tighten rocker arm shaftsuppo rts to 38-43 N-m (28-32 ft.-lbs.) tor-que. Rem ainder of assembly is reverseof removal procedure, Retorque cylinderhead and adjust valve clearance afterengine has reached normal operatingtemperature. Valve clearance (tappet

gap) should be 0.30 m m (0.012 inch) forinlet valves; 0.38 mm 0.015 inch) for ex-haust valves.

VALVES AND SEATS

All Gasoline Models

13 . Intake valves seat directly incylinder head and exhaust valves seaton renewable valve seat inserts. Eacean d seat angle for all valves should be

46°. Th e intake valve seat has a 31° flaremachined between seat and cylinderhead face. Minimum 'iicake valve seatcontact width is 1,83 mm (0.072 inch)an d minimum recorr tended exhaustvalve seat contact width is 2.82 mm(0.110 inch). Renew vaive if width ofvalve head margin is less than 0,8 mm(1/32 inch) after grinding valve face.

Check valve head location relative tosurface of cylinder head as shown in Fig.22. Intake valve must be recessedBELOW cylinder head surface withmlimits of 0.91-1.14 mm (0,036-0.045inch). Exhaust valve must stand outABOVE cylinder head surface withinlimits of 1.57 2.06 mm (0,062-0.081inch).

Fig. 22^lntake valve should be recessed 0.91 1.14

mm 0.036-0.045 Inch) an d exhaust should be rais-ed 1.57 2.06 mm 0.062-0.081 inch) above gasket

surface of head.

Fig. 21—On Perkins gasoline

engines, tighten cylinderhead fasteners evenly to a tor-que of 122-129 Nm 90-95 ft.-lbs.) in the sequence sho wn.

191 [151 [ 7 1 f S l [3 MOl 1181 [21

12



Paragraphs 14-17

The exhaust valve seat insert can be service valve seat in-

0.25 mm 0.010 inch) less thaninsert w hich necess itates

0.010 inch) before installingcoun terbore should

6.35-6.48 mm 0.250-0.255 inch)

ore resurfacing he ad to reduce depth6,10-6.22 mm 0.240-0.245 inch).f cylinder head cou nterbore0,05-0.08 mm 0.002-0.003

insert diameter to

ice, then press fully intonder head around

seat after installation. Be valve stand

Standard valve stem diameter is4869 mm 0.3725-0.37 35 inch)

exh aus t valves.ves with oversize valve stems a re also

correct valve stem

em seals must be used w ith 0.380.015 inch) and 0.76 mm 0.030

Valve springs a nd keepers are alike for

a re installed onlyke valves. Install all valve springs

VALVE GUIDES

14. Intake and exhaust valve guides cast into the cylinder head, and

oversize stems a re available

should be 0,01905-0.057150.00075-0,00225 inch) for intak e;

06985 mm 0.00150-0.00275

are0,015 inch) and 0.76 mm

size stemcan be used on 0.08 mm 0,003

at valves after resizing valve guides.

VALVE SPRINGS

5. Valve springs are alike for intake

ed w ith close woun d coils toward

is discolored, distorted or fails to meetthe following specifications:Outer SpringTest Length 45.2 mm

1-23/32 in.)Tbst Load 169-186 N

38-42 lbs.)Inner Spring

Tbst Length 39.69 mm 1-9/16 in.)

Tfest Load 66-71 N

14,7-16.1 lbs.)

ROCKER ARMS

All Gasoline Modeis16. The rocker arms and shaf t

assembly can be removed after remov-ing hood, fuel tank and rocker armcover. Rocker arms are right-hand andleft-hand units which must be installedon shaft as shown in Fig, 23.

Desired diametral clearance betwe ennew rocker arm bushings and new shaftis 0.025-0.089 mm 0,0010-0.0035 inch).Bushings must be r eamed to19.063-19.101 mm 0,7505 -0,7520 inch)after installation. Be sure to align holein rocker arm and hole in bushing.Renew shaft and/or bushing if clearanceis excessive. Tighten rocker arm shaftsupport retaining stud nuts to 38-43 N-m 28-32 ft.-lbs,) torque. Adjust valveclearance as outlined in paragraph 17after rocker arm assembly is reinstalled.

VALVE CLEARANCE

Ali Gasoline Modeis

17. Recommended valve clearance tappet gap) after engine reaches nor-mal operating temperature is 0,30 mm 0.012 inch) for intake valves, 0.38 mm 0.015 inch) for exh aust valves. Allvalves can be adjusted from just twocrank shaft positions Using Figs. 25 and26 and the following procedure.

Turn crankshaft until TDC timingmark on crankshaft pulley aligns withtiming pointer as shown in Fig. 24 andcheck rocker arms for front and rearcylinders. If rear rocker arms are t ight

and front rocker arm s loose. No. pistonis on compression stroke; adjust thevalves indicated on Fig, 25 first. Turncrankshaft one complete turn until tim-ing mark again aligns and ac^ust re -mainder of valves indicated in Fig. 26,If N o, 4 piston is on com pression stro ke front rocker arms tight), adjust th e four

valves indicated in Fig. 26 first, then

Fig. 24^Tlmlng marks are located on crankshaftpulley as shown.

FRONT i-

Fig. 25—With TDC timing marks aligned as shownin Fig.24 and No. piston on compression stroke,adjust the indicated vaives. Turn crankshaft onecomplete turn, refer to Fig. 26 for remainder of

vaives.

R O T •-

Fig. 26—With TDC timing marks aligned as shownIn Fig.24 and No. piston on exhaust stroke, ad-

Just the Indicated valves.

Fig. 23—View of rocker shaftshowing rocker arms correct-ly Installed. 0 ring seal

shown) fits groove in oilsupply tube.

3




turn crankshaft one complete turn andac^ust remainder of valves.

TIMING GEAR COVER

Ali Gasoline Modeis

18. Tb remove the timing gear cover,

first drain the cooling system, removefront grille panels, disconnect batterycables and remove hood. Disconnectheadlight wires, radiator hoses, air

'^leaner hose and hydraulic oil coolerlines. Detach battery cable from startermotor, remove left rear side panel anddisconnect power steering lines. Sup-port trac tor w ith a jack a t front oftransmission and place wedges betw eenfront axle and axle support to preventtipping. Support front axle so it can bemoved forward, then unbolt andseparate front assembly from engine.

Remove fan belt, fan blades andcrankshaft pulley. Unbolt and removetiming gear cover being careful not tobend cover.

Crankshaft front oil seal can berenewed at this time. Install seal withlip to rear and with front edge of sealrecessed 9.65-9.90 mm (0,380-0.390inch) into seal bore when measuredfrom front of cover A specia l tool (MFN747B) and spacer (MFN 747C) areavailable to properly position the seal.

The timing gear cover is not doweled.

Special tool MFN 747B can be used asa pilot when reinstalling. If tool is notavailable, reinstall crankshaft pulley tocenter the seal when reinstalling coverretaining screws. Assemble by reversingthe disassembly procedu re making surepulley timing marks are aligned asshown in Fig. 27, Tighten t he pulley re-taining cap screw to a torq ue of 380-405N-m (280-300 ft.-lbs.).

TIMING GEARS

Ail Gasoline Models

19. Refer to Fig, 28 for view of timinggear train with cover removed. Before

attem pting to remove any of the timinggears, first remove fuel tank, rocker armcover and rocker arms to avoid thepossibility of damage to pistons or valvetrain if camshaft or crankshaft shouldeither one be turned ind ependently ofthe other.

Number 1 piston will be at TDC on

compression stroke and gears properlytimed when timing marks are aligned asshown in Fig. 28. However, all timingmarks will not be aligned each timepiston is at TDC on compression strokedue to the odd numb er of tee th on idlergear. The crankshaft gear also drives th eengine balancer, and balancer must betimed to crankshaft as outlined inparagraph 35 . Governor drive gear doesnot need to be timed, but alignment ofmarks is a convenience for engineassembly.

Normal backlash between timinggears (except balancer idler gear) is0,08-0,15 mm (0.003-0.006 inch) .Backlash between balancer idler gearand its mating gears should be 0,15-0,23mm (0,006-0,009 inch). Refer to the ap-propriate following paragraphs forrenew al of gears, idler shaft or bushingsif backlash is excessive or if parts aredamaged,

2 0 IDLER GEAR AND HUB

Diametral clearance of idler gear onhub should be 0.058-0.119 mm

(0,0023-0.0047 inch). Permissible endplay 0,10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 inch).Idler gear bushing is renewable andmust be reamed to 50.8 mm (2.000 inch)inside diameter after installation.

Idler gear h ub is a light press fit in tim-ing gear housing bore. Due to unevenspacing of mo unting holes, hub can on-ly be installed in one position. Tightenthe three retaining cap screws to a tor-que of 27-33 N-m (20-24 ft.-lbs,).Measure end play with feeler gage (Fig,29) after idler gear is installed.

21 CAMSHAFT GEAR Camshaftgear is keyed to shaft and retained by

a cap screw. Camshaft gear is a transi-tion fit, 0.025 mm (0,001 inch) tight to0,025 mm (0.001 inch) clearance, andthrea ded holes are provided for pullinggear.

Make sure timing marks on gear faceoutward, and tighten retaining capscrew to a torque of 61-68 N-m (45-50

ft.-lbs,) when installing gear.

2 2 . GOVERNOR GEAR The gover-nor gear also drives the distributor.Gears contain timing marks which areconvenien t for assembly but not essen-tial for engine timing, as timing can beaccomplished externally when distri-butor is installed.

Governor gear is a slip fit on shaft.Shaft contains governor weight unit aswell as distributor drive, and unit canbe removed from rear as outlined inparag raph 28 after g ear is off. When in-

stalling gear, tighten retaining nut to atorque of 31-34 N-m (23-25 ft,-lbs.).

2 3 CRANKSHAFT GEAR Crank-shaft gear is keyed to shaft and is a tran-sition fit on shaft. It is usually possibleto remove the gear using two small prybars to move the gear forward. Enginebalancer m ust be removed if puller s re-quired,

2 4 TIMING THE GEA RS Tb installand time the gears, first install c am shaft'

Fig, 29—Idler gear end piay can be checked with

a feeier gage as shown. Specified end piay is0.10-0.20 mm 0.004-0.008 inch).

Fig. 28—Timing gear trainwith cover removed. Governor drive gear timing marksaiign oniy occasionaiiy butaiignment is not necessaryfor proper engine timing.

Refer to text for procedure.

Pig, 27—Crankshaft puiiey aiignment marks show n) ensure proper positioning of engine tim-

ing marks.

14



Paragraphs 25 28

a s outl ined in the

su r egear is t imed to balancer as

Turn the

gear hub, the ner gear w ith marks aligned as

in Fig. 28, The gov ernor gear tim-

en all gears are removed, but

as

TIMING GEAR HOUSING

2 5 . Tb remove the timing gear hous- gears as outlin-

9 through 23 and th e

as in28, Timing gear housing must

before camshaft can be screws retain-

iming gear h ousing to engine block

procedure.

CAMSHAFT

26 . Tb remove the camshaft, first gears, distr ibutor driveand timing gear housing

outlined in paragraphs 9 through 25.

on and lift off thrus t w ash erg. 30), the n w ithdraw camsh aft from

Thrust washer retains camshaft and

is 5.49-5.54 mm (0,216-0.218 check the washer for correct

wear or scoring.

t 50.71-50.74 mm(1.9965-1.9975 in.)

50.46-50.48 mm(1.9865-1.9875 in.)

Rear 49.95-49.97 mm(1.9665-1.9675 in.)

earingClearance . 0,064-0.140 mm

(0.0025-0.0055 in.)

CAM FOLLOWERS

Ali Gasoline Models27 . T he mushroom type cam followers

(tappets) operate directly in machinedbores in engine block and can be remov-ed from bottom of cylinder block afterremoving camshaf t as outl ined inparagraph 26 and oil pan. Keep camfollowers in o rder as they are removedso they can be reinstalled in theiroriginal locations if reused. Alwaysrenew cam followers whenever cam-shaft is renewed.

The 18.987-19.012 mm (0.7475-0.7485inch) d i am e t e r cam followers areavai l ab le in s t andard size only.Diameteral clearance of cam followersin block bores should be 0,038-0.095mm (0,0015-0,0037 inch). Do not at-tempt to resurface face of cam followersif worn, pitted, scored or otherwisedamaged.

DISTRIBUTOR DRIVE SHAFT

Ail Gasoiine Modeis

2 8 . Refer to Fig, 31 for exploded view.

Tb remove or disassemble t he unit , first

remove timing gear cover as outlined inparagraph 18 and governor gear as inparagraph 22 . Remove the distributor asshown in Fig. 32 and governor shaftthrust plate. Disconnect governor andthrott le l inkage and u nbolt and removehousings as shown in Fig. 33,

Unbolt and remove governor housing

from drive body. Withdraw th rust bear-ing and distributor drive gear, thenremove drive shaft assem bly and gover-nor weight unit .

Distributor drive shaft end play is0.10-0.20 mm (0,004-0,008 inch), andthrust is forward because of governoraction, Diam eteral clearance of shaft inhousing bore i s 0 .03-0 .08 mm(0,001-0.003 inc h).

Fig 32—Remove distributor damp and lift out

distributor assembly

2019

ig 31 ~Exploded view of governor and distributor drive assembiy

30—Camshaft is retained by thrust washer oniy after removing t iming

gear housing

1. Nut2. Lock washe r3. Plain washer4. Drive gear5. Gasket6. Thrust plate7. Drive body

8.

9.10.

11.

Distributor drivegear retaining pin(3il lineDistributor drivegearDrive shaft assy.

12. Sleeve13. Snap ring14. Thrust bearing15. Yoke16. Bushing17. Seal

18. Gasket19. Housing20 . Plug21 . Seal22 . Shaft23 . Lever24 . Shaft retaining pin

15




Fig 33—Removing governor housing assembly.

Assemble by reversing the disassem-bly procedu re. Turn crankshaft until No.1 piston is at TDC on compression strokeand timing mark on crankshaft pulleyis aligned as shown in Fig. 24, Then in-

stall distributor gear with drive slotperpendicular to crankshaft and offsetto rear as shown in Fig. 34. Install dis-tributor and tu rn body u ntil points justbegin to open, then install and tightenclamp. Adjust governed speed as out-lined in paragraph 112 and timing as inparagraph 135.

ROD AND PISTON UNITS

Ali Gasoiine Models

2 9 . Connecting rod and piston units

are removed from above after removingcylinder head, oil pan, engine balancerand rod bearing caps. Cylinder num bersare stamped on connecting rod and cap.Make certain correlation numbers are inregister and face away from camshaftside of engine when reassembling.Tighten connecting rod nuts to a torqueof 102-108 N-m 75-80 ft.-lbs.).

PISTONS SLEEVES AND RINGS

Ail Gasoiine Modeis

30 . The aluminum alloy pistons havea combustion chamber cavity cast intopiston crown. New pistons are alike andnond irectional bu t if old pistons are us-ed, pistons should be installed in samecylinder and in same direction asoriginally installed. Pistons are availablein standard size only. Heating piston to40^-50° C 100°-120<=^ F) in ho t w at er o roil will make installation of piston pineasier.

Each p iston is fitted with a plain fac-ed chrome top ring which may be in-

stalled either side up as may the plainfaced second compression ring. Refer toapprop riate Fig, 35 or Fig. 36 for corre ctinstallation of rings in grooves. The thirdring is internally stepp ed a nd should b einstalled in groove with grooves of in-ner diameter toward top. The fourth, oil

control ring for MF 55 is chrome plated,spring loaded and can be installed eitherside up. T he fourth, oil control ring forMF265 is three piece with chromeplated rails. Refer to the following forrecommended ring end gap and sideclearance in groove.

Ring End GapTbp 0,41-0.51 mm

0.016-0.020 inch)Second and Third 0.31-0.43 mm

0,012-0.017 inch)Fou rth, MF255 0.41-0.53 mm

0.016-0,021 inch)Fou rth, MF265 0,38-1.40 mm

0,015-0.055 inch)

Ring Side ClearanceTbp 0.051-0,102 mm

0.002-0,004 inch)Second an d

Third 0.048-0.099 mm 0,0019-0.0039 inch)

Fou rth, MF255 0.064-0,114 mm 0.0025-0.0045 inch)

Fourth, MF265 Not Applicable

Produc tion sleeves are tight press a fitin cylinde r block and are finished afterinstallation. Service sleeves are a tra n-sition fit and are prefinished. Sleevesshould not be bored and oversize pistonsare not available. When installing newsleeves, make sure sleeves and bo res are

Fig. 34—With No. 1 piston atTDC on compression strokedistributor drive siot shouldbe nearly perpendicuiar tocrankshaft and offset to rear

as shown.

Fig. 35—Cross sectional view

showing correct instaiiationof piston rings in piston

grooves on Modei MF255.

Fig. 36—Cross sectional view

showing correct instaiiationof piston rings in piston

grooves on M odel MF265.

1ST GROOVECOMPRESSION RING

CHROME PLATED,PARALLEL FACED)

2ND GROOVECOMPRESSION RING

CAST tRON,PARALLEL FACED)

3RD GROOVECOMPRESSION RING

CAST IRON,INTERNALLY STEPPED)

4TH GROOVEOIL CONTROL RING

CHROME PLATED, SPRINGLOADED, NON DIRECTIONAL)

1ST GROOVECOMPRESSION RING

CHROME PLATED.PARALLEL FACED)

2ND GROOVECOMPRESSION RING

CAST IRON,PARALLEL FACED)

3RD GROOVECOMPRESSION RING

CAST IRON,INTERNALLY STEPPED)

4TH GROOVEOIL CONTROL RING

THREE PIECE, CHROMEPLATED RAILS

16



SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 31 34

dry, then chill the and press fully into place by

d. Tbp edge of sleeve should extend mm 0,030-0.035 inch)

of cylinder block . In- of installed sleeve should

mm 3.877-3.878

PISTON PINS

31 . Th e full floating piston pins are re-in piston bosses by snap rings and

in standard size only. The

tomm 1.00045-1,00120

the predrilled oil holeproperly aligned with hole

top of connecting rod and install

of bore.Piston pin diameter is 25.395-25.400

0.9998-1.0000 inch). Piston pin mm

0.00045-0,00140 inch) cleara nce in rod and 0.0-0.010 mm 0,0-0.0004

in piston.

NOTE: Heating piston to 40«-50'* C

ao* F) in hot water or oii wiii maice in-

CONNECTiNG RODS ANDBEARiNGS

32. C onnecting rod bearings are preci- type, renewable from below after

l pan , balanc er unit and rod

be sure the projection engag es in rod and cap and that

are in register and side of engine.

Connecting rod bearings should have diametral clearance of 0.038-0,076

0,0015-0 .0030 inch) on the487 mm 2,4990-2,4995 inch)

learanc e is 0.216-0,3680,0085-0,0145 inch). Renew the

rod nuts and to a torque of 102-108 N-m 75-

CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

3 3 . The crankshaft is suppor ted in

Tbain bearing cap, it is

and rear oil seal. All othercan be removed after

oil pan and engine balancer.

Upper and lower main bearing insertsare not interchangeable. The upper block) half is slotted to providepressure lubrication to crankshaft andconnecting rods. Inserts are inter-changeable in pairs for all journals ex-cept center main bearing. The centerjournal controls crankshaft end thrust

and renewable thrust washers are in-stalled at front and re ar of cap and blockbearing bore. Low er half of insert is an-chored by a tab to bearing cap; upperhalf can b e rolled o ut and renewed aftercap is removed.

Main bearing inserts are available inundersizes of 0,25, 0.50 and 0,75 mm 0,010, 0,020 and 0.030 inch) a s well asstandard. Thrust washers are availablein standard size and 0.19 mm 0.0075inch) oversize. Oversize thrust washersmay be installed on one side in combina-tion with standard washers on the other

side for an ac^ustment of 0,19 mm 0,0075 inch), or they can be installedon both sides for an adjustment of 0.38m m 0 , 015 i nch ) . Recom m endedcrankshaft end play is 0.05-0.38 mm 0.002-0.015 inch).

Note that main bearing caps are notinterchangeable. Caps are numbered 1through 5 from front to rear and are alsomarked with a cylinder block identifica-t ion number that must match numberstamped on bottom of cylinder block.Recommended tightening torque formain bearing cap screws is 230-244 N-m

170-180 ft.-lbs,). Refer to paragraph 37for installation procedure for rear seal

Fig. 37—Crankshaft end piay should be withinlimits of 0 05-0.38 mm 0.002-0.015 inch).

and oil pan bridge piece. Refer to thefollowing specifications w he n c heckingcrankshaft .

Main JournalStandard Diameter.76.162-76.175 mm

2.9985-2.9990 in.Maximum Allowable Out-

of-Round or Tkper 0,025 mm 0.001 in.

Bearing DiametralClearance 0.064-0.114 mm

0.0025-0,0045 in.Center Main

Journal WidthStandard 44,145-44,221 mm

1,738-1.741 in.Maximum Allowable 44.678 mm

1.759 in.CrankpinStandard Diameter 63,475-63.487 mm

2.4990-2.4995 in.

Bearing DiametralClearance 0.038-0.076 mm

0.0015-0.0030 in.Crankshaft End

Play 0,05-0.38 mm 0.002-0,015 in.

ENGINE BALANCER

Ail Gasoline Models

3 4 OPERATION The Lanchestertype engine balancer consists of two un-balanced shafts which rotate in oppo sitedirections at twice crankshaft s peed.The inerlia of the shaft weigh ts is tim-ed to cancel out natura l engine vibra-tion, thus producing a smoother runningengine. The balancer is correctly timedwhen the balance weights are at theirlowest point when pistons are at TDCand BDC of their stroke.

The balancer unit is driven by thecranksh aft timing gear throug h an idlergear at tached to balancer frame. Theengine oil pump is mounted at rear ofbalancer frame and driven by the

balancer shaft. Refer to Figs. 38 throu gh40.

Fig. 38—Instaiied view of

engine baiancer with timingmarks aligned. Refer to text

for installation procedure.

17




3 5 . REMOVE AN D REINSTALL. T hebalancer assembly can be removed afterremoving the oil pan and mounting ca pscrews. Engine oil is pressure fedthrough balancer frame and cylinderblock. Balancer frame bearings are alsopressure fed.

When installing balancer with enginein tractor, timing marks will be difficultto observe without removing gear coverThe balancer assembly can be safely in-stalled as follows: Turn crankshaft un-til No.l and No. 4 pistons are at the exactbottom of their stroke. Remove balan ceridler g ear (5—Fig. 40), if necessary, andreinstall with single punch-markedtooth of idler gear meshed between thetwo marked tee th on weight drive shaftas shown in Fig. 38. Install balanc erframe with balance weights hangingnormally. If carefully installed, timing

will be correct although timing marks atfront of engine may not be aligned.(Marks align only occasionally whenengine is running.) If engine is mountedin stand or t ractor front end is remov-ed , timing marks can be observed byremoving timing gear cover,

NOTE: Balancer can be safely instaiied

with No. 1 and 4 pistons at either TDC or

BDC. BDC is seiected because interference

between connecting rod and baiance

weights can give warning if unit is badiy out

of time.

With balancer correctly installed,tighten th e retaining cap screws to a tor-que of 43-49 N-m (32-36 ft.-lbs.) andcomplete th e assembly by reversing t heremoval procedure,

3 6 . OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 40 foran exploded view of balancer frame an dassociated parts, Tb disassemble theremoved balancer unit, unbolt andremove oil pump housing (20) andassociated parts, an d idler gear (5) andassociated parts. Set screws (S) retain-ing balance weights (15 and 16) are in-s ta l led using " L o c t i t e 242

Threadlocker," Loosen screws, thenpush balance shafts 11 an d 12) forwardout of frame and weights,

NOTE: Use care wiien removing shafts not

to aiiow i eys 13) to damage frame bushings

as bushings are not avaiiabie as a service

Item.

Inspect all parts for wear or damage.Bushings in balancer frame are notavailable separately. If bushings are ex-cessively wo rn, balancer frame must berene we d. Refer to Fig, 40 for identifica-tion of par ts and following table forspecifications.

D rive Shaft 11)Front Journal

Diameter 31.725-31.737 mm(1,2490-1,2495 in.)

Clearance in FrontBushing 0,051-0.106 mm

(0,0020-0.0042 in,)

Rear JournalDiameter 25.375-25.387 mm

(0.9990-0,9995 in.)

Clearance in RearBushing 0.046-0,089 mm

(0,0018-0,0035 in.)

Driven Shaft 12)Front Journal

Diameter 31.704-31.724 mm(1.2482-1,2490 in.)

Clearance in FrontBushing 0.064-0.122 mm

(0.0025-0.0048 in.)

Rear JournalDiameter 25.367-25.379 mm

(0.9987-0.9992 in.)

Clearance in RearBushing 0.053-0.096 mm

(0.0021-0.0038 in.)Idler Gear 5)Clearance on H ub . , .0.025-0.081 mm

(0.0010-0.0032 in.)

End Play 0.20-0,35 mm(0.008-0.014 in.)

When assembling balancer, use Loc-tite 242 Threadlocker when installingscrews retaining gears (14—Fig.4O) tobalance weights (15 and 16) and the se tscrews (S) retain ing balance weights toshafts. Make sure flat surfaces ofweights are aligned whe n installed asshown in Fig, 39,

After renewing balancer assembly orany parts of balancer, eng ine should beoperated at idle speed for V̂ hour.

23

Ftg 39—Assembled view of removed enginebaiancer and oil pump unit RefertoFlg. 40forex-

pioded view

13Fig. 40—Expioded view of Lanchester type engine balance r engine oil pump a nd associated parts.1. Locknut 7. Stud 13. Key 19. Shaft2. Hu b 8. Frame 14. Gear 20. Pump body3 . Dowel 9. Ring dowels 15. Balance weight 21 . Valve piston4 Bushing 10. Plate 16. Balance weight 22. Valve spring5 Idler gear 11. Drive shaft 17. Pump gear 23. Cap

6. Washer 12. Driven shaft 18. Pump gear S. Set screw

18



2̂ h ou r at 1000 rpm

REAR OIL SEAL

3 7 . The asbestos rope type rear oil is contained in a two-piece seal re-

attached to rear face of engine

The rope type cranksha ft seal is preci- cut to length, and must be install-

alves with 0.25-0.50 mm020 inch) of seal end protru ding

om e ach en d of retain er groove. Do not seal, clamp

vise as shown in sure seal groove is clean.

seal protruding.ow seal rope to buckle in th e cen ter

1 inch) of each end groove, work center of

process with seal retainer.

41—Rear view of engine block showing oilseal retainer installed

When installing cylinder block bridgepiece, insert end seals as shown in Fig.43. Use a straightedge as shown in Fig.44 to make sure bridge piece is flushwith rear face of cylinder block.

Coat both sides of retainer gasket a ndend joints of retainer halves with asuitable gasket cement. Coat surface of

rope seal with graphite grea se. Install re-tainer halves and ca p screws loosely andtighten clamp screws thoroughly beforetightening the retaining cap screws.

FLYWHEEL

All Gasoline Models

3 8 . Tb remov e the flywheel, firstsepa rate engine from transmission hous-ing as outlined in paragraph 148 andremove the clutch. Flywheel is securedto crankshaft flange. Tb properly timethe flywheel, align the seventh unus-ed ) hole in flywheel with unta pped holein crankshaft flange. Tighten flywheelretaining c ap screws to a torque of 100-108 N.m 74-80 ft.-lbs.).

OIL PAN

All Gasoline Models

3 9 . The he avy cast iron oil pan servesas part of tractor frame and as attachingpoint for tractor front support. Tb

remove the oil pan, fii^st drain the oil.

Paragraphs 37-41

Support tractor under transmissionhousing, remove cap screws securing oilpan to cylinder block, front support andtransmission housing and lower the oilpan from cylinder block.

Install by reversing the removal pro-cedure.

OIL PUMP

Ail Gasoline Modeis

4 0 . The gear type oil pum p ismounted on engine balancer frame anddriven by balancer shaft. Refer to Fig.40. Oil pump can be removed afterremoving engine oil pan.

The thickness of gears 17 and 18)should be 25.35-25.40 mnr 0.998-1.000inch). End clearance of gears w ith a 0.10mm ^0.004 inch) gask et installed shouldbe 0.08-0.20 mm 0.003-0.008 inch).

Radial clearan ce of gears in pum p bodyshould be 0.05-0.23 mm 0.002-0.009inch). Examine gears, body and endplate for wear or scoring and renew anypar ts which are questionable.

RELIEF VALVE

Ail Gasoline Models

4 1 . The plunger type relief valve islocated in oil pump body as shown inFig. 40. Oil pressu re should be 210-380kPa 30-55 psi) at full engine speed with

engine at normal operating tempera-ture. Valve spring is retained by a capand cot ter pin.

Fig 43—Cyiinder block bridge is equipped withend seais as shown 44—Use a straightedge to aiign the cylinder

block bridge

PERKINS AD4.203 DiESEL

ENGiNE AND COiVIPONENTS

42—Use a roun bar to bed the asbestos rope half Refer to text for details

Early MF255 diesel models are equip-ped with a Perkins AD4.203 fourcylinder diesel engine. The engine has

a bore of 91.49 mm 3.6 inches), a strokeof 127 mm 5 inches) and displace men tof 3.3 L 203 cu. in.).

19



2̂ h ou r at 1000 rpm

REAR OIL SEAL

3 7 . The asbestos rope type rear oil is contained in a two-piece seal re-

attached to rear face of engine

The rope type cranksha ft seal is preci- cut to length, and must be install-

alves with 0.25-0.50 mm020 inch) of seal end protru ding

om e ach en d of retain er groove. Do not seal, clamp

vise as shown in sure seal groove is clean.

seal protruding.ow seal rope to buckle in th e cen ter

1 inch) of each end groove, work center of

process with seal retainer.

41—Rear view of engine block showing oilseal retainer installed


Coat both sides of retainer gasket a ndend joints of retainer halves with asuitable gasket cement. Coat surface of

rope seal with graphite grea se. Install re-tainer halves and ca p screws loosely andtighten clamp screws thoroughly beforetightening the retaining cap screws.

FLYWHEEL

All Gasoline Models

3 8 . Tb remov e the flywheel, firstsepa rate engine from transmission hous-ing as outlined in paragraph 148 andremove the clutch. Flywheel is securedto crankshaft flange. Tb properly timethe flywheel, align the seventh unus-ed ) hole in flywheel with unta pped holein crankshaft flange. Tighten flywheelretaining c ap screws to a torque of 100-108 N.m 74-80 ft.-lbs.).

OIL PAN

All Gasoline Models

3 9 . The he avy cast iron oil pan servesas part of tractor frame and as attachingpoint for tractor front support. Tb

remove the oil pan, fii^st drain the oil.

Paragraphs 37-41

Support tractor under transmissionhousing, remove cap screws securing oilpan to cylinder block, front support andtransmission housing and lower the oilpan from cylinder block.


OIL PUMP

Ail Gasoline Modeis

4 0 . The gear type oil pum p ismounted on engine balancer frame anddriven by balancer shaft. Refer to Fig.40. Oil pump can be removed afterremoving engine oil pan.

The thickness of gears 17 and 18)should be 25.35-25.40 mnr 0.998-1.000inch). End clearance of gears w ith a 0.10mm ^0.004 inch) gask et installed shouldbe 0.08-0.20 mm 0.003-0.008 inch).

Radial clearan ce of gears in pum p bodyshould be 0.05-0.23 mm 0.002-0.009inch). Examine gears, body and endplate for wear or scoring and renew anypar ts which are questionable.

RELIEF VALVE

Ail Gasoline Models

4 1 . The plunger type relief valve islocated in oil pump body as shown inFig. 40. Oil pressu re should be 210-380kPa 30-55 psi) at full engine speed with

engine at normal operating tempera-ture. Valve spring is retained by a capand cot ter pin.

Fig 43—Cyiinder block bridge is equipped withend seais as shown 44—Use a straightedge to aiign the cylinder

block bridge

PERKINS AD4.203 DiESEL

ENGiNE AND COiVIPONENTS

42—Use a roun bar to bed the asbestos rope half Refer to text for details

Early MF255 diesel models are equip-ped with a Perkins AD4.203 fourcylinder diesel engine. The engine has

a bore of 91.49 mm 3.6 inches), a strokeof 127 mm 5 inches) and displace men tof 3.3 L 203 cu. in.).

19




R R ENGINE ASSEMBLY

All Models So Equipped

4 2 . Tb remove the engine and clutchas a unit, first d rain cooling system, an dif eng ine is to be disassembled, drain oilpan. Remove front grille panels, discon-nect battery cables and remove hood.Disconnect headlight wires, radiatorhoses, ai r cleaner hose and hydrauliccooler lines. Detach battery cable fromstarter motor, remove left rear sidepanel an d disconnect power steering oillines. Support tractor with a jack atfront of transmission an d place wedgesbetween front axle and axle support toprevent tipping. Remove alternator togain access to front end mou nting bolt,then support front axle so tha t it can bemoved forward when detached. Unbolt

and separate front assembly fromengine.Shut fuel off at tank, disconnect fuel

gage sending unit wire, main fuel linean d fuel return line, then remove tankand support plate. Disconnect main wir-ing harness from starter motor andwater temperature gage sending unit.Disconnect oil pressure gage line,tachometer drive cable, fuel shut-offcable, throttle rod and ethe r starting aidline (if so equipped). Disconnect fuelline between fuel filter and injectionpump at injection pump end. Discon-

nect fuel return line between fuel filterand injector leak-off manifold at leak-off manifold end. Disconnect exhaustpipe from m odels with low exhaust. Onall models, remove fuel line from be-tween fuel lift pump an d fuel filter Besure that all wires, linkage a nd tubes arepositioned out of the way for engineremoval.

Attach hoist to lifting eyes of enginethen remove starting motor and screwsattaching engine to transmission hous-ing. Guide studs should be used whileseparating and rejoining engine to

transmission.Reassemble in reverse of removal pro-

cedure. Coat input shaft splines lightlywith lithium base grease before assem-bling. Be sure that spacers (Fig. 45) arecorrectly positioned when reinstallingfront end.

CYLINDER HEAD <


4 3 . REMOVE AN D REINSTALL. Tbremove th e cylinder head, drain coolingsystem and remove hood. Disconnectfuel gage sending unit wire, main fuelline and fuel return line then removefuel tank, heat shield and support plate.Disconnect upper radiator hose, aircleaner hose, water temperature gagesending unit wire, breather tube an d

coolant bypass tu be. Remove the oil line(Fig. 47), exhaust manifold, main fuelline (Fig. 46), fuel leak-off line, fuelleak-off manifold, high pressure fuellines, iryectors, rocker arm cover androcker arm shaft assembly. Loosencylinder head stud nu ts in reverse of se-quence shown in Fig. 48.

Check cylinder head gasket surfacefor distortion using a straightedge andfeeler gage. If cylinder head is warpedin excess of 0.10 mm (0.004 inch), headshould be resurfaced. A maximum of0.30 mm (0.012 inch) of material may beremoved to true the g£isket surface, pro-viding overall thickness of cylinder headis not reduced below 75.69 mm (2.980inches) and iryector nozzle protrusiondoes not exceed 4.6 mm (0.181 inch).Valve head recession mu st also be main-tained within specified limits as outlin-

ed in paragraph 44. Original cylinderhead thickness is 75.82-76.58 mm(2.985-3.015 inches).

Clean mating surfaces of block an dhead, then position head gasket with TO P FRONT marking facing up andtoward the front. Install cylinder headand tighten fasteners in sequenceshow n in Fig. 48 in 15-20 N-m (10-15 ft.-lbs.) increments until final torque of95-102 N-m (70-75 ft.-lbs.) is obtained.

Turn tappet adjusting screws several

turns clockwise into tappets to makesure valves do not strike the pistonswhen rocker arms are installed. Installrocker shaft assembly and tighten re-tainin g n ut s to 2 8-33 N-m (21-24 ft.- lbs.)torque. Adjust valve clearance cold to0.30 mm (0.012 inch) for intake and ex-haust valves. Refer to paragraph 49 for

adjustment procedure. Remainder of in-stallation is reverse of removal pro-cedure.

Retorque cylinder head and acyustvalve clearance after engine has reach-ed opera t ing tempera tu re . Va lveclearance should be 0.25 mm (0.010inch) for all valves after engine is atoperating temperature.

Fig. 47—View Showing cylinder head being iiftedoff. Notice location of coo lant bypass hose.

Fig. 45—B e sure spacers arecorrectly positioned whenreinstaiiing front assembly.

Fig, 46—View of MF 55 dleseishowing temperature gagesending unit fuei leaii-offline, leaiC Off manitoid and

main fuei iine.

20



VALVES AND SEATS

4 4 . Intake and exhaust valves seat

are numb ered

t valves should be so marked

Intake and exhaust valves have a face 45°. Valve seat angle for pro-

46°; however, 4 5° can be used 1.6 2.4

Valve heads should be recessed a

recession (clearance) be- gasket surface of cylinder head

lve head can be measu red gage as

n in Fig. 49. D uring pro duc tion,

mm (0.060-0.073 inch) for in-

1.55 1.88 mm exhaust valves. A

Service valve seat inserts are a vailable

machined to provide app ropriate size of valve

inserts. See Fig. 50 for specified

ed p rior to machining cylinder head

Fig. 48~Tighten cylinderhead stud nuts evenly to finaltorque of 95-102 Nm 70-75ft.-lbs.) using sequence

shown.

tool. Reface valve seat to 45 degreesaf ter instal lat ion, then check forspecified valve head recession.

VALVE GUIDES


4 5 . The intake and exhaust valveguides are interchangeable and should

be renewed if clearance between newvalve and guide exceeds 0.114 mm(0.0045 inch). Press guides out and infrom top only. Install guides with 20°chamfer down (in port) and 45 degreeschamfer u p as shown in Fig. 51 . Tbp ofguide should extend 14.73-15.09 mm(0.580-0.594 inch) from to p surface ofcylinder head.

Valve guides are presized and do notrequire reaming when properly install-ed. Inside diameter of new guide (in-stalled) should be 7.998-8.014 mm(0.3145-0.3155 inch) . Valve stemdiameter should be 7.899-7.925 mm(0.311-0.312 inch). Be sure to reseatvalves after renewing valve guides.

VALVE SPRINGS

Ail Modeis So Equipped

4 6 . Springs, retainers and locks are in-terchangeable for intake and exhaustvalves. Springs are nondirectional andmay be installed either end up. Renew

Paragraphs 44 48

th e springs if they a re distor ted,discolored o r fail to meet the followingtest sp ecifications: W hen compressed toa length of 38.1 mm (1.5 inches), testload should be 93-110 kg (20-3/4 to24-3/4 pounds).

CAM FOLLOWERS


47. The m ushroom type cam followers(tappets) operate directly in machinedbores in cylinder head. The ca mfollowers actuate directly against cam-shaft and rocker arms without the useof push rods.

Tb remove the cam followers aftercylinder head is off, first remove the ad-j u s t i ng screw and l ocknu t , t henwithdraw the cam follower from itsbore. Keep cam followers in order of

removal so they can be reinstalled inoriginal locations.

The 15.805-15.843 mm (0.62225-0.62375 inch) diameter cam followersare available in standard size only.Diametral clearance of cam followers incyl inder head bores should be •0.019-0.089 mm (0.00075-0.00350 inch).Cam followers should be renewedwhenever camshaft is renewed.

ROCKER ARMS

AM Models So Equipped

4 8 . The rocker arms and shaftassembly can be removed after remov-ing the hood, fuel tank and rocker armcover. The rocker arms are right-handand left-hand units and should be in-stalled on shaft as shown in Fig. 52.Desired diametral clearance betweennew rocker arms and new shaft is0.0190-0.0889 mm (0.00075-0.00350inch). Renew shaft and /or rocker arm ifclearance is excessive.

The amount of oil circulating to the

rocker arms is regulated by the rota-tional position of the rocker shaft in the

49—Vaive heads should be recessed specifiedbeiow cylinder head gasicet surface.

sing straightedge and feeiergage.

Fig. 5O —A counterbore must be machined incylinder head for Installation o f exhaust valve seat

insert.

D. 7.87-7.92 mm(0.310-0.312 in.)

R. 0.38 mm radius W. 42.62-42.64 mm(0.015 in.) (1.678-1.679 in.)

Fig. 51^)/Salve guides should be Installed to thecorrect height with 45 degree chamfered end up

as shown.



Paragraphs 49-50

support brackets. This position is in-dicated by a slot in one end of the rockershaft as shown in Fig. 53. When t he slotis positioned horizontally, th e maximumoil circulation is obtained. In produc-tion, the slot is positioned 30° from thevertical and the position indicated by apunch mark (P) on the adjacent supportbracket. When reassembling, positionthe rocker shaft slot as indicated by thepunch m ark and check the assembly forproper lubrication. The shaft will notnormally need to be moved from themarked position. The slot must belocated at rear of shaft as indicated inFig. 52.

VALVE CLEARANCE


4 9 . The recommended cold valveclearance (tappet gap) setting is 0.30mm (0.012 inch) for both the intake andexhaust valves. Static setting of allvalves can be made from just twocrankshaft positions using the pro-cedure outlined in Figs. 54 and 55.

* Remove timing plug from left side offlywheel adapter housing and turncrankshaft until the TD C 1 timingmark is aligned with pointer as shownin Fig. 56.

Check the rocker arms for the frontand rear cylinders. If rear rocker arms

are tight and front rocker arms loose.No. 1 piston is on the compressionstroke; adjust the four valves shown in

Fig. 52^View of correctiy assembied rocker armassembly. Slot In end of shaft should be towardrear and at angie shown in Fig. 53.

Fig. 54. If ifront rocker arms are tightan d rear rocker arms loose. No. 4 pistonis on the compression stroke; adjust thefour valves shown in Fig. 55. Turncrankshaft one complete turn until TDC r ' timing mark is again aligned,then adjust the remaining valves.

Recheck ac^ustmen t after engine has

r e a c h e d o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e .Clearance hot should be 0.25 mm (0.010inch) for all valves.

VALVE TIMING


50. To check the valve timing whenengin e is assem bled , f irs t tu rncran ksha ft unti l No. 1 piston is at TDC

Fig. 54-Wlth TDC V timingmark aiigned as shown in Fig.56 and No. 1 piston on com-pression stroke, adjust the in-dicated valves. Withadjustment com pleted, turncrankshaft one revolution and

refer to Fig. 55.

MASSEY-FERGUSON

on compression stroke. Adjust theclear ance of front (in take) valve to 1.14mm (0.045 inch). Insert a 0.05 mm(0.002 inch) feeler gage between rockerarm and front valve, then slowly turncrankshaft in normal direction of rota-tion (clockwise viewed from front) un-til feeler gage just becomes tight. At this

point, the 'TDC 1 mark on flywheelshould again be aligned with timingpointer as shown in Fig. 56.

NOTE: Timing may be considered correct

if TDC 1 mark is within 8 mm (5/16 inch)

of aiignment w ith timing pointer. Readjust

the front vaive to the recomm ended coid or

hot clearance setting before attempting to

start the engine.

R O N T

Flg. 55—With TDC 1 timingmark aiigned as shown in Fig56 and No, 4 piston on com-pression stroke, adjust the in-dicated valves. Withadjustment com pleted, turncrankshaft one revolution and

refer to Fig. 54.

TIMING

M RK

Fig 53—Siot in end of rockerarm shaft shouid be set atangle shown to meter the cor-

rect amount of oil.

NSMfSSfON

D PTER

ig 56—View of TDC 1 timing mark aiigned forvaive adjustment as outlined In paragraph 49 ,

22



MANUAL Paragraphs 51 53

There is no adjustm ent for valve tim-

are not meshed correctly. Timings Fig. 59) may be viewed after

is removed as outlined in 51 . Refer to paragraph 52 for

TIMING GEAR COVER

51 . 1b remove the t iming gear coverst drain cooling system an d e ngine oil.

hose and hydraulic from side

oil

to

n su pport front axle so it can be roll-rward w hen detac hed. U nbolt and

Remove water pump, fan belt and and remove

gear cover, the n un bolt and cover.

The timing gear cover is not locatedimilar fixture an d m ust b e

screws. Special tool MFN

beforeinstalled. Th e special tool can also

cover

-149 N-m 100 410 ft.-lbs.)

TIMING GEARS

52 . Timing gears may be viewed asn in Fig. 59 after cover is removed

51 . Due to the

all timing marks will align only every 2000 revolutions . Tim-

is therefo re more easily checked by gears.

Before attempting to remove any oftiming gears, first remove fuel tan k,

arms

to pistons or valve train if cam-

Recommended timing gear backlash is 0.003- 0.006 inch) be-

n either of the two idler gears and

any of their mating gears in the timinggear train. Backlash betwe en oil pumpidler gear and crankshaft or oil pumpgear should be 0.15-0.23 mm 0.006-0.009 inch). Replacement gearsare available in standard size only. Ifbacklash is not within the specifiedlimits, renew idler gears, idler gear

shafts and/or the oth er gears concerned.Refer to the appropriate following

paragraphs for removal, installation andtiming of the gears:

53. I LER GEARS AND HU BS. Idlergears should have a diametral clearanceof 0.058-0.119 mm 0.0023-0.0047 inch)on idler gear hubs. Idler hub retainerplates and the flanged bushings in thelow er idler gea r 4—Fig. 58) arerenewable. End play of assembled idlergear should be 0 . 10-0 .20 mm 0.004-0.008 inch). Hubs H- Fig . 61 are

interchan geab le for the two idler gears.

Retaining stud holes permit hubs to beinstalled only one way, with oil holes B)aligned. Idler hubs are a light press fitin engine block and can be pried out ifrenewal is indicated. Refer to paragraph57 for installation and timing of idlergears.

Fig. 57— View showing adjustment o f vaivedearance tappet gap .

Fig. 59—View of timing gears with marks correct-

iy aiigned. Because of the number of teeth on idiergears ai i marks wiii aiign oniy at)out once every2000 crankshaft revoiutions.

Fig. 58—View of timing gearcover idier gears 3 and 4),pump drive gear 2) and cam-

shaft drive gear 1) ,

23




Fig. 60— Viewofidiergear 3)

shown aiso in Fig. 58.

5 4 . CAMSHAFT GEAR The capscrew holes in camshaft and camshaftgear (1—Fig. 58) are evenly spaced and

the gear ca n be installed in three posi-tions, only one of which is correct. Thecamshaft gear is correctly installedwhen the stamped D on camshaftgear is aligned with the stampe d Don camshaft mounting flange as shownin Fig. 62. ^

5 5 . INJECTION PUMP DRIVEGEAR. The injection pump drive(2—Fig. 58) is retained to the pumpadapter by three cap screws. When in-stalling the gear, align dow el pin (Fig. 63)with the slot in pump adap ter (P), then

install the retaining cap screws. The in-jection pump drive gear and adapter aresupported by the injection pump rotorbearings.

5 6 . CRANKSHAFT GEAR. Thecrankshaft timing gear is keyed to theshaft and is a transition fit, 0.025 mm(0.001 inch) tight to 0.025 mm (0.001inch) loose, on shaft. It is usually possi-ble to remove the gear using two small

pry bars to move the gear forward. Usea suitable puller and ada pter if gear can-not be removed with pry bars.

57 . TIMING THE GEARS. Ib installand tim e the gears, first make sure cam-shaft gear, iryection pump drive gearand crankshaft gear are correctly in-stalled as outlined in parag raphs 54, 55and 56. Turn crankshaft until key ispointing up as shown in Fig. 59, and in-stall lower idler with one timing markaligned with mark on crankshaft gearand the other mark pointing toward up-per idler gear hub. Turn camshaft gearand pump drive gear so timing markspoint toward upper idler gear hub, then

install upper idler gear with all timingmarks aligned. When timing marks are

properly aligned, reinstall idler gear re-tainer washers, locks and stud nuts.

TIMING GEAR HOUSING


58 . Tb remove th e timing gear hous-ing, first remove timing gears, engine oilpan, fuel iryection pump and powersteering pump. Block up the camfollowers and withdraw camshaft, thenunbolt and remove timing gear housing.A small, cup-type e xpansion plug w hichcloses front en d of oil gallery is accessi-ble after removing th e housing.


CAMSHAFT


59 . b remove the camshaft, firstremove timing gear cover as outlined inparagraph 51 , then remove fuel tank ,rocker arm cover and rocker armassembly. Secure t he valve tappets (camfollowers) in the uppermost position,remove the fuel lift pump, thenwithdraw camshaft and gear as a unitas shown in Fig. 65.

Camshaft end play is controlled by thethrust plate (Fig. 67) attached to the

timing gear cover and the thrust washer(A—Fig, 66) behind camshaft timing

Fig. 62—Retaining cap screwholes are evenly spaced incamshaft and camshaft tim-ing gear. Gear is correctiy in-staiied when the stampedtiming letter is aligned withsimiiar mark on camshaft

mounting flange.

Fig. 63—D owei in pump drivegear fits In m illed slot in Injection pump drive shaft P) forcorrect pump timing. Timingmarks in the entire timinggear tr in must be aiigned as

shown in Fig. 59 when gear isInstalled.

Fig. 61—Oii feed passage B) in cylinder biock ndidier gear hub H) must be aiigned w hen hub Is in-

staiied.

24



SHOP MANUAL

gear. Thrust washer A) is 3.18-3.30 m m 0.125-0.130 inch) thick when new.

The camshaft runs in three journalbores machined directly in engine block.The front and rear camshaft bearingsare gravity lubricated by re tum oil fromthe rocker arms. The center journal ispressure lubricated by an external oil

line. The center journal, in turn, metersoil to the rocker shaft and cylinder headthrough a second short oil feed line.

Camshaft bearing journa ls have arecommended diametral clearance of0.10-0.20 mm 0.004-0.008 inch) in allthree bearing bores. Journal diametersare as follows:

Journal iameter

Fron t 47.473-47.498 mm 1.869-1.870 in.)

Cen ter 47.219-47.244 mm 1.859-1.860 in.)

Rear 46.711-46.736 mm

1.839-1.840 in.)


All Models So Equipped60 . Connecting rod and piston units

are removed from above after removingcylinder head, oil pan and rod bearingcaps. Be sure to remove carbon and ringwea r ridge if prese nt) from top ofcylinders before pushing pistons out ofcylinders.

CAMSHAFT «THRUST

WASHFR

withdrawn as a unit as shown, refer to text.

Cylinder numbers are stamped on th econnecting rod an d cap. When reinstall-ing rod and piston units, make certainthe correlation numbers are in registerand face away from camshaft side ofengine. Refer to Fig. 68. Tighten t he con-necting rod nuts to a torque of 54-61N-m 40-45 ft.-lbs.).

PISTONS, SLEEVES AND RINGS


61 . The aluminum alloy, cam groundpistons are supplied in standa rd size on-ly and are available in a kit consistingof piston, pin an d rings for one cylinder.The toroidal combustion cha mb er is off-set in piston crown and piston is marked A—Fig. 68) for correct assembly. Besure that co nnecting rod is assem bled topiston wi th correlat ion marks C)

toward left side. Heating piston to40°-50° C 100^-120° F) in hot water oroil will make installation of piston pineasier.

Each piston is fitted w ith a plain fac-ed chrome top ring which may be in-stalled either side up. The plain facedcast iron, second compression ring mayalso be installed either side up. The thirdcompression ring consists of four steelsegments as shown in Fig. 69.

NOTE: Segments appear practically flat

when not under compression; recommend-

ed installation procedure is as follows: Grasp

end and compress the segment as shown

in the inset (Fig. 69) until ring ends s iightly

overlap. When compressed, ring ends wiii

curl up, as shown, or down if segment is

turned over. Ring ends should curi down on

segment placed in bottom of groove, up on

second segment, down on third segment

and up on top segment. Space end gaps

180® apart for alternate segments after all

are instaiied.

Paragraphs 60-61

The fourth groove uses a six piece oilring a s shown in Fig. 70. Install the ex-pander first. Install t he two lower rails,the spiral ring, then the two up per rails.Be sure to stagger gap s of the six partsof this ring. The lower groove containsa cast iron oil ring wh ich m ay be install-ed ei ther side up.

Fig. 68—The piston shouid be assembied correctiyto rod as shown with rod correlation marks (C) onside Indicated cylinder mark B) at location shown

and Front or F mark at (A}.

Fig. 69—The third ring is composed of foursegments as shown. W hen ring segment Is com-pressed by hand ends of ring wili point in direc-

tion which inner portion siants.

shaft thrust washer (A) Is position-ed In engine b lock by locating pin (B).

Fig. 67—Camshaft forward thrust is taken b ypiateattached to timing gear cover shown.

Fig. 70—View of the six-piece fourth ringing correct assembly.

25



Paragraphs 62 64

Piston ring specifications are as

follows:

Ring End Gap

Tbp Ring 0.36-0 .48 mm

0.014-0.019 in.

Second Ring 0.28-0.41 mm 0.011-0.016 in.

Third Ring Segm ents) 0.25-0.38 mm

0.010-0.015 in.Fourth Ring

Rails) 0.46-0 .94 mm 0.018-0.037 in.

Bottom Ring 0.28-0.41 mm

0.011-0.016 in.

Side learancein Groove

Tbp and SecondRings 0.056-0.106 mm

0.0022-0.0042 in.

Third and FourthRings Not A pplicable

Bottom Ring . . . . . . . .0.051-0.102 mm 0.0020-0.0040 in.

Piston skirt diam eter measured atbottom of skirt and at right angle topiston pin bore) should be 91.326-91.351mm 3.5955-3.5965 inches ), and recom-mended diametral clearance in newcy l inder bore is 0.13-0.18 mm 0 .005-0.007 inch) . Pis ton heigh trelative to top surface of cylinder blockmus t be checked wh en ren ewingpistons. Piston crown should be 0.076mm 0.003 inch) below to 0.127 mm 0.005 inch) above surface of cylinderblock. It may be necessary to machinetop of new pistons to achieve thisdimension.

Replacement service) cylinder linersare a transitional fit, 0.025 mm 0.001inch) loose to 0.025 mm 0.001 inch)tight, in cylinder block bores. Cylinderliners used in production are a slightly

tighter press fit. Original cylinder linerinside diameter is 91.478-91.503 mm 3.6015-3.6025 inches). Renew liners ifcylinder bore taper exceeds 0.15 mm 0.006 inch) or if out-of-round in excessof 0.10 mm 0.004 inch ).

Use a suitable sleeve puller and in-stalling tool when renewing cylinderliners. Make certain that cylinder boreis thoroughly cleaned and lightlylubricated before installing new liner.Press liner into cylinder bore until topof liner is flush to 0.10 mm 0.004 inch)below top surface of cylinder block.

Allow installed liner to stabilize, thencheck for distortion which should notexceed 0.05 mm 0.002 inch). Insidediameter of liner is prefinished andshould be 91.478-91.503 mm 3.6015-3.6025) inches after installation.

PISTON PINS


6 2 . The 31.744-31.750 mm 1.2498-1.2500 inches) diameter floatingtype piston pins are retained in pistonbosses by snap rings. Pins are availablein standard size only.

T h e r e n e w a b l e c o n n e c t i n g rodbushing must be final sized after in-s ta l la t ion to provide a d iamet ra lc l e a r a n c e of 0 .0127-0.0444 mm 0.00050-0.00175 inch) for the pin. Besure th e drilled oil hole in bushing is pro-perly aligned with hole in top of connec-ting rod when installing ne w bushings.

The piston pin should have a 0.0025mm 0.0001 inch) interfere nce to 0.0006mm 0.000025 inch) clearanc e in piston,which should be a hand press fit in

piston after piston is heat ed to 40^-50°C 100°-120° F in hot oil or water.

CONNECTING RODS ANDBEARINGS


63. C onnecting rod bearings are preci-sion type, renewable from below afterremoving oil pan and bearing caps.When renewing bearing shells, be surethat the projection engages milled slot

in rod and cap and that the correlationmarks are in register and face awayfrom camshaft side of engine. Replace-ment rods should be marked with thecylinder number in which they are in-stalled. Bearings are available in stan-dard , as well as 0.25, 0.50 and 0.75 mm 0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 inch) undersizes.

Connecting rod bearings should havea diametral clearance of 0.064-0.101 mm 0.0025-0.0040 inch) on the 57.112-57.125 mm 2.2485-2.2490) inches

MASSEY FERGUSON

diame ter crankpin. Recommended con-necting rod side clearance is 0.25-0.38mm 0.010-0.015 inch.)

Ti^ten the connecting rod nuts even-ly to a torque of 54-61 N*m 40-45ft.-lbs.)


All Modeis So Equipped

64. The crankshaft is supported infive precision type main bearings. Tbremove the rear main bearing cap, it isfirst necessary to remove the engine,clutch, flywheel, flywheel adapter andrear oil seal. The remainder of the mainbearing caps can be removed afterremoving the oil pan.

Upper and lower bearing inserts areinterchang eable on all except the frontmain bearing. When renewing the frontbearing, make sure the correct half is in-stalled in engine block. Bearing insertsare available in standard size and 0.25,0.50 and 0.75 mm 0.010, 0.020 and0.030 inch) undersizes.

Block and cap bores are machinedwith caps in place and caps canno t beinterchanged; Block and caps arestamped with identification numberand location number as shown in Fig.71 . When installing caps, cap identifica-tion number must be on same side ofblock as the block num ber. Bearing caps

are aligned to block by ring dowels asshown at A-Fig. 72 .Tighten the main bearing cap screws

to a torque of 150-155 N-m 110-115ft.-lbs.).

Crankshaft end play is controlled byrenewable thrust washers B and C—Fig.72) at front and rea r of rear main bear-ing. The cap half of thrust washer isprevented from turning by the tabwhich fits in a machined notch in cap.Block half of washer can b e rolled from

M IN C P

LOC TJON NUMBERS

CYUNOER BLOCK

IDENTIFIC DON NUMBER

Fig 71—Matched block and bearing caps bear stamped Identification number Bearing caps re

numbered front to rear as shown

26



SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 65-67

position w hen bearing cap is removed.Recommended crankshaft end play is0.10-0.35 mm 0.004-0.014 inch ) .Thickness of standard size thrus twa she r is 3.125-3.175 mm 0.123-0.125inch) whe n new. Thrust washers are alsoavailable in 0.18 mm 0.007 inch) over-size. Be sure grooved side of thrust

washers face crankshaft .Check the crankshaft journals against

the following specifications:

Main JournalStandard Diameter 69.812-69.825 mm

2.7485-2.7490 in.)Main Bearing

Clearanc e 0.08-0.13 mm 0.003-0.005 in.)

rankpin

Standard Diameter .57.112-57.125 mm 2.2485-2.2590 in.)

Rod BearingClearance 0.064-0.102 mm

0.0025-0.0040 in.)

ENGINE ADAPTER PLATE

All Models So Equipped6 5 . The engine flywheel is housed in

a cast iron adapter plate which islocated to the engine block by twodowels and secured to block rear faceby six cap screws. 1b obtain access to th e

rear main bearing, crankshaft or rear oilseal, it is first necessary to remove theadapter plate as follows:

Split tractor between engine andtransmission as outlined in paragraph148 and remove clutch and flywheel.

CAUTION: Flyw heel is only lightly piloted

to crankshaft flange and is not doweled. Use

care when removing to prevent flywheel

from falling and causing possibie injury.

After flywheel is off, remove the capscrews securing adapter plate to engineblock and tap plate free of locatingdowels.

Install by reversing th e removal pro-cedure. Tighten flywheel retaining capscrews to a torque of 100-108 N-m 74-80 ft.-lbs.).

REAR OIL SEAL


66, The asbestos rope type rear oilseal is con tained in a two-piece seal re-tained at rear of engine block. The sealretainer ca n be removed after removingflywheel and adapter plate.

IMPORTANT: When rear oil ieaks are pre-

sent, check before and during disassembly

to make sure crankshaft seal is actuaily ieak-

ing. Other points of possibie leakage are thecup plug P— Fig. 77) iocated in rear face of

engine biock to seal the m ain oii gallery, seai

retainer gaskets, or iower retainer cap

screws.

The rope type crankshaft seal is preci-sion cut to length, and must be install-ed in retainer halves with 0.25-0.50 mm

0.010-0.020 inch) of seal ends projec-ting from each end of retainer 1b installthe seal, clamp each half of retainer ina vise as shown in Fig. 74. Make sureseal groove is clean. Start each end ofseal in groove with specified am oun t offree end p rotruding . Allow seal rope tobuckle in the cen ter until about 25 mm

1 inch) of each end is bed ded in groove,work center of seal into position, thenroll with a round bar as shown. Repeatthe process with the other half of seal.Install seal retainer as outlined inparagraph 67.

67 . Use a straightedge as shown in Fig.76 when installing oil pan seal housingto make sure rear face of housing andblock are flush. Coat both sides of re-tainer gasket and end joints of reta inerhalves with a suitable gasket cement.Coat shaft surface of rope seal withgraphite grease. Install retainer halvesand all cap screws loosely, then tightenclamp screw s to 8 N-m 6 ft.-lbs.) to rqu ebefore tightening the retaining capscrews grad ually to 16 N-m 12 ft.-lbs.)torque. Then, finish tightening clampbolts to 16 N-m 12 ft.-lbs.) to rqu e. Th efour lower cap screws C—Fig. 75) are

Fig. 75—instaiied view of rear oii seai. The fourca p scpews C) are seaied witii aiuminu m w asiiers.

Fig. 73^Crani shaft end piay can be measuredwith feeier gage as shown.

Fig. 72^Renewabie thrust washers B aod C con-troi craniishaft end piay. Main bearing caps are

positiveiy iocated by ring doweis A).Fig. 74—Use a round ba r to seat the rope type seai

into retainer haif. DO NOT trim ends of seai.

Fig. 76—When instaiiing rear oH seai housing us ea straightedge as shown to m ake sure rear edge

is fiush with biock rear face.

27



Paragraphs 68 70

sealed with aluminum washers to pre-vent oil seepage at cap screw threads.Make sure aluminum washers are ingood condition and properly installed.

FLYWHEEL


6 8 . 1b remove the flywheel, firstseparate the engine from transmissionhousing as outlined in paragraph 148and remove the clutch. Flywheel issecured to crankshaft flange by sixevenly spaced cap screws. 1b properlytime flywheel to engine during installa-tion, be sure that unused hole inflywheel aligns with untapped hole incrankshaft flange.

CAUTION: Flywheel is only iightiy piloted

to crankshaft Use caution when unboltingflywheel to prevent flywheei from faiiing and

causing possible injury

The starter ring gear can be renewedafter flywheel is removed. Heat newring gear evenly to approximately 245°C 475^ F), then install on flywheel withbeveled end of teeth facing front ofengine.

Check flywheel runout with a dial in-dicator after flywheel is installed. Max-imum allowable flywheel runout mustnot exceed 0.025 mm 0.001 inch) for

each 25 mm 1 inch) from flywheelcenterline to point of measurement .Tighten the flywheel retaining capscrews to a torque of 100-108 N-m 74-80ft.-lbs.) when installing the flywheel.

OIL PAN


6 9 . The heav y cast-iron oil pan servesas the tractor frame and attaching pointfor the trac tor front su pport. 1b removethe oil pan , first d rain cooling system

and oil pan. Remove front axle and tim-ing gear cover as outlined in paragraph51. Unbolt power steering pump fromengine. Remove oil pan attaching capscrews and stud nuts, the n lower the oilpan away from engine block.

When installing oil pan, tighten the5/16 inch fasteners to 26-28 N-m 19-21ft.-lbs.) torque and the 7/16 inchfasteners to 69-77 N-m 51-57 ft.-lbs.)torque. Refer to paragraph 51 for in-stallation of timing gear cover.

OIL PUMP


70. The rotary type oil pump ismounted on front m ain bearing cap anddriven from the crankshaft timing gearthrough an idler as shown in Fig. 78.

1b remove the oil pump, first removeoil pan as outlined in paragraph 69.Pump can be removed as an assemblywith front bearing cap or detached fromcap as shown in Fig. 79 after removingidler gear.

Check clearance between inner rotorand annulus with a feeler gage as show nin Fig. 80. Clearance should be 0.013-

MASSEY^FERGUSON

0.063 mm 0.0005-0.0025 inch). Outerrotor annulus) to body clearance Fig.81) should be 0 .025-0.076 mm 0.001-0.003 in ch). Check rotor endclearance with a straightedge and feelergage as shown in Fig. 82. End clearan ceof inner rotor should be 0.038-0.076 mm 0.0015-0.0030 inch), and end clearanc e

of outer rotor should be 0.013-0.063 mm 0.0005-0.0025 inch).

Except for the drive idler gear, reliefvalve plunger and relief valve spring,the oil pump is available only as anassembly. If rotor or body are scored orotherw ise damaged, or fail to meet testspecifications listed, renew the pump.

When reassembling, be sure that an-nulus is installed chamfered end first in-to pump body.

Fig. 80—Ciearance b etween inner rotor and outerrotor annuius) shouid be measured as shown with

feeier gage.

Fig. 78- Mounted view of engine oii pump anddrive assembiy with oii pan removed.

Fig. 8t—Ciearance between o uter rotor (annuius)and body shouid be measured with feeier gage.

Fig. 79—Engine oii pump maybe unboited from front mainbearing cap after removing

idier gear.

Ffg, 77—To renew rear oii seai the oii pan

fiywheei and engine adapter piate must be remov-

ed as shown. Check the piug (P) in oii gaiiery forsigns of ieakage whiie adapter piate is off. Coatsurface (S) on both ieft and right sides with seaier

before assembiing.

28



SHOP MANUALParagraphs 71-75

Fig. 82—End dearance of inner rotor and outerrotor annuius) shouid be within recommended

iimits.

7 1 RELIEF VALVE The p lunger typeoil pressure relief valve Fig. 83) islocated in the oil pum p body. The reliefvalve is set to open at 345-445 kPa 50-65 psi). All components of reliefvalv^ are renewable.

Relief valve spring should ha ve a freelength of 38 1 mm 1-1/2 inch es). Spring

should test 23.4-32.2 N 5-1/4 to 7-1/4pounds) at 31.75 mm 1-1/4 inch es).

Fig. 83~Oii pum p reiief vaive is iocated in thepump end piate.

PERKINS A4.236 and A4.248 DIESEL ENGINES ANDCOMPONENTS

Late production MF255 diesel modelsand all MF265 and MF270 diesel models

are equipped with a Perkins A4.236diesel engine. The four cylinder, directinjection diesel engine has a bore of98.43 mm 3.875 inches), a stroke of 127mm 5.0 inches) and a displacement of3.87 L 236 cu. in.).

Models MF275 and MF290 are equip-ped w ith a Perkins A4.248 diesel engine.The four cylinder, direct iiyection dieselengine has a bore of 100.96 mm 3.975inches), a stroke of 127 mm 5.0 inches)and a displacement of 4.06 L 248 cu.in.).

R R ENGINE ASSEMBLY


75.1b remove engine assembly, f irstdrain cooling system. Remove front

rille panels, disconnect battery cablesnd remove hood. Disconnect headlightires, radiator hoses, air cleaner hose

Detach bat-

Suppo rt tracto r with a jack a t front

en front axle and axle suppor t to

so equipped. Support front

om eng ine Fig. 85).

Shut fuel off at tank, disconnect fuel

port plate. Disconnect main wir-g harness from star ter motor and gage sending unit .

Disconnect oil pressure gage line,

r startin g aid line if so

equipped). Disconnect fuel line betweenfilter and iryection pump at iryectionpump end. Remove fuel return line be-tween fuel filter and leak-off manifold.

Remove main fuel l ine between tank

and fuel lift pump. Remove the twopow er steering oil lines Fig. 87) be-tween pum p and control valve. Remove

Fig. 85—View of tractor withfront ssembiy roiied forward

Wedge biocks on each sidebetween axie and front sup-port prevent tipping sideways.

Fig. 86—View of engine ieftside. Be sure that tubes andwires are not caught whenremoving o r inst iiing engine.

Fig. 87—View of engine rightside. Lines, cables and wiresmust be carefuiiy positionedout of the w y when removingand instaiiing engine to pre-

vent damage.

29



Paragraphs 76-78

throttle rod. Disconnect exhaust pipefrom models with low exhaust. On allmodels, be sure that all wires, linkageand tub es are positioned ou t of the w ayfor engine removal. Attach hoist to lif-ting eyes of engine then remove screwsattaching engine to transmission hous-ing. Guide studs should be used whileseparating and rejoining engine totransmission.

Reassemble in reverse of removal pro-cedure. C oat input shaft splines lightlywith lithium base grease before assem-bling. Be sure that spacers (Fig. 85) arecorrectly positioned when reinstallingfront end. Tighten engine to transmis-sion attaching bolts to 75 N-m (55 ft.-lbs.) torque . Tighten axle support retain-ing bolts to 235 N-m 175 ft.- lbs.) torqu e.

CYLINDER HEAD


76 . REMOVE AND REINSTALL. 1bremove the cylinder head, drain coolingsystem and remove hood. Disconnectfuel gage sending unit wire, main fuelline and fuel return line, then removefuel tank, heat shield and support plate.Disconnect upper radiator hose, aircleaner hose, water temperature gagesending unit wire and breather tube.Remove intake and exhaust manifold,fuel leak-off line, fuel leak-off manifold,

high pressure fuel lines, iiyectors, rockerarm cover and rocker arm shaftassembly. Lift out all of the push rods,then loosen cylinder head stud n uts andretaining cap screws in reverse of ord ershown in Fig. 88.

Check flatness of cylinder head gasketsurface using a straightedge and feelergage. If surface is warped more than0.10 mm (0.004 inch), cylinder head maybe resurfaced. Up to 0.30 mm (0.012inch) of material may be removed fromcylinder head surface providing that in-jector nozzles do not protrude more

than 4.44 mm (0.175 inch). Check forcorrect valve head recession as outlin-ed in paragraph 77, and reseat valves asnecessary af ter cyl inder head isresurfaced.

Thoroughly clean mating surface ofcylinder block and head, then positionhead gasket with ''TOP FRONT FIT

DRY mark ing toward top front. Installthe head and tighten fasteners in se-quence shown in Fig. 88 in 27 N-m (20ft.-lbs.) increments until final torque of135 N-m (100 ft.-lbs.) is obtained. Loosenrocker arm adjusting screws severalturns to ensure valves do not contactthe pistons, then install rocker shaft

assembly and tighten retaining nuts to33 N-m (24 ft.-lbs.) torque. Valveclearance cold should be 0.30 mm (0.012inch). Refer to paragraph 81 for ac^ust-ment procedure.

Remainder of installation is reverse ofremoval procedure. Retorque cylinderhead and adjust valve clearance afterengine has reached operating tem-peratur e. Valve clearance hot should be0.25 mm (0.010 inch) for all valves.

VALVES AND SEATS

Ail Models So Equipped

77. Intake and exhaust valves seatdirectly in cylinder head. Seat insertsare available for service installation.Valve face an gle is 45° for intake and ex-haust valves. Production valve seatangle is 46° for intake and exhaust;however, valve seats may be refaced to45° angle for service. Intake valve seathas a 30° *'flare machined a t top ofseat. Desired seat width is 1.6 2.4 mm(1/16 to 3/32 inch) for intake and 2.4-2.8

mm (3/32 to 7/64 inch) for exhaust.Renew valve if bent, damaged or wornto point that valve head margin is lessthan 0.8 mm (1/32 inch).

Valve heads must be recessed aspecified amount below surface ofcylinder head. T he recession (clearance)betw een top of valve head and cylinderhead gasket surface can be measuredusing a suitable depth gage or astraightedge and feeler gage as shownin Fig. 89. Desired valve recession is0.89-1.14 m m (0.035-0.045 inch) for in-take va lves and 1.07 1.32 mm

(0.042-0.052 inch) for e xha ust valves. Ifintake valve is recessed m ore than 1.55mm (0.061 inch) or if exhaust valve isrecessed more than 1.40 mm (0.055inch), new valve and/or seat insertshould be installed.

The cylinder head must be machinedto provide appropriate size counterbore

MASSEY-FERGUSON

for installation of valve seat inserts.Depth (D-Fig. 90) of intake counter-bore should be 7.19-7.31 mm(0.283-0.288 inch), wid th W) should be51.22-51.24 mm (2.0165-2.0175 inch es)and radius R) should be 0.38 mm (0.015inch) maximum. Exhaust counterboredepth (D) should be 9.525-9.652 mm

(0.375-0.380 inch), w idth (W) should be42.62-42.64 mm (1.678-1.679 inches)an d radius R) should be 0.38 mm (0.015inch) maximum.

Chill insert in dry ice, then press in-sert squarely into cylinder head until itbottoms in counterbore. Reface valveseat as necessary to o btain valve reces-sion within specified limits.

VALVE GUIDES


78 . Intake and exhaust valve guidesare not renewable. Valves with 0.076,0.38 an d 0.76 mm (0.003, 0.015 and0.030 inch) oversize stems a re av ailablefor service if stem-to- guide clearanceexceeds specifications. The valve guidesmust be reamed to provide desiredclearance w hen fitting valves with over-size stems. Be sure to reface valve s eatsafter reaming valve guides. Valve stemseals are used on both intake and ex-haust valves.

n <D <L

—flOMT

® ® D M) Ql)

ig 88—Tighten the cyiinder

head stud nuts and retainingscrews in the order shown.Loosen in reverse order toprevent warpage whiie

removing.

Fig. 89—Vaive heads m ust be recessed theamount specified in text. Measure as shown us-

ing straightedge and feeier gage.

fig 9 —Cyiinder head must be machined to pro-vide appropriate size counterbore for instaiiationof vaive seat inserts. Refer to text for specified

dimensions.D. DepthR. Radius

. W. Width

30



SHOP MANUAL

Rfefer to the following specifications:

Guide ID Standard

Intake andEx hau st 9.507-9.530 mm

(0.3743-0.3752 in.)

Valve Stem OD Standard

Intake 9.462-9.487 mm(0.3725-0.3735 in.)

Exhaust 9.449-9.468 mm(0.3720-0.3728 in.)

Valve Stem to Guide

Clearance

Intake-Desired 0.019-0.070 mm(0.00075-0.00275 in.)

Wear Limit 0.13 mm(0.005 in.)

Exha ust-Desired 0.038-0.081 mm(0.0015-0.0032 in.)

Wear Limit 0.15 mm

(0.006 in.)

VALVE SPRINGS

All Models So Equipped7 9 Valve springs, retainers and locks

are interchangeable for intake and ex-haust valves. Be sure to install valvesprings with closely wound end (dampercoils) toward cylinder head.

Renew valve springs that are rusted,discolored or distorted.

ROOKER ARMS

ll Models So Equipped

8 0 The rocker arms and shaf t

Desired diametral clearance between is 0.025-0.089 mm

inch), and rocker arm b ushing in- be 19.063-19.101

Rocker arms are right-hand and left- be installed on

F i g 9 1 Tighten rocker

torque.

VALVE CLEARANCE

So Equipped

8 1 The recommended valve clear-

0.30 mm (0.012 inch) for both the intakeand exhaust v alves. Static settin g of allvalves can be made from just twocrankshaft positions as follows:

Rtemove plug from left side of cylinderblock and turn crankshaft until ' T D Ctiming mark (Fig. 92) on flywheel isaligned with timing pointer. Check the

rocker arms for front and rear cylinders.If rear rocker arms are tight and frontrocker arms have clearance. No. 1 pistonis on compression stroke; acyust th e fourvalves shown in Fig. 9 3. If front rockersu s are tight and rear rocker arms haveclearance. No. 4 piston is on compres-sion stroke; adjust the four valvesshown in Fig. 94. After adjusting th e in-dicated valves, turn crankshaft onecomp lete turn until TD C timing mark(Fig. 92) is again aligned and ac^ust theremaining valves.

Recommended valve clearance withengine at normal operating temperatureis 0.25 mm (0.010 inch) for both the in-take and exhaust valves. Clearance m aybe adjusted following the procedurerecommended for initial adjustment.

TIMING GEAR COVER


82.1b remove the timing gear cover,drain cooling system, remov e front grillepanels, disconnect battery cables and

remove hood. Disconnect headlight

Paragraphs 79 82

wires, radiator hoses, air cleaner hoseand hydraulic cooler lines. Detach bat-tery cable from starte r and pow er steer-ing oil lines a t up per left side of engine.Supp ort tracto r with a jack a t front oftransmission and place wedges betw eenfront axle and axle suppor t to preventtipping. Remove front weights if soequipped. Support front axle so that itcan be moved forward when detached,then unbolt and sep arate front assemblyfrom engine.

Remove fan bel t , f an b lades ,crankshaft pulley and tachometer driveunit , then unbolt and remove timinggear cover.

Crankshaft front oil seal can berenewed at this t ime. Install seal incover with sealing lip to rear, with frontedge of seal recessed approximately9.65-9.91 mm (0.380-0.390 inch) into

seal bore when measured from frontcover.Timing gear cov er is not doweled; use

Special Tbol MFN-747B or the crank-shaft pulley as a pilot to properly alignthe oil seal whe n reinstalling the cover.Aluminum sealing washers must be in-stalled on th e four lower timing gearcover cap screws. Tighten timing gearcover retaining screws to 16-20 N-m(1245 ft.-lbs.) and the crankshaft pulleyretaining cap screw to a torque of380-405 N-m (280-300 ft.- lbs.). Installthe tachometer drive unit , then com-

plete the assembly by reversing thedisassembly procedure.

Fig. 91—View of rocker arms showing correct

assembiy of ieft and right hand units.

F R O N T

Fig. 93—With TDC fiywheei timing marks aiign-ed and W o. 1 piston on compression stroke, ad-

fust the indicated vaives.

Fig. 9 —View of fiywheei timing mark aiigned withpointer indicating number one cyiinder is at TDC . Number 4 cyiinder is aiso at TDC at this

F R O N T

Fig. 94—With TDC fiywheei timing marks aiign-ed and No. 4 piston on compression stmke, ad-

Just the indicated vaives.

31



Paragraphs 83-89

TIMING GEARS


8 3 . Fig. 95 shows a view of timinggear train with cover removed. Beforeattempting to remove any of the timinggears, first remove fuel tank , rocker a rmcover and rocker arms to avoid th epossibility of damage to pistons or valvetrain if camshaft or crankshaft shouldeither one be turned independently ofthe other.

Timing gear backlash should be0.08-0.15 mm 0.003-0.006 inch) be-tween idler gear and any of its matinggears. Backlash betw een b alancer idlergear and either of its mating gearsshould be 0.15-0.23 mm 0.006-0.009inch). Replacement gears are availablein standard size only. If backlash is not

within the specified limits, renew gears,idler shafts or other items concerned.

NOTE: Because of the odd number of

teeth on idier gear ail timing marks wili not

align every time No. 1 piston is at TDC on

compression stroke. Compiete set of timing

marks wili align oniy once in 18 crankshaft

revoiutions.

1b remove th e timing geaiB or time th eengine, refer to the a ppro priate follow-ing paragraphs:

8 4 IDLER GEAR AND HUB Thetiming idler gear Fig. 95) should h avea diametral clearance of 0.059-0.119 mm 0.0023-0.004 7 inch) an d e nd p lay of0.10-0.20 mm 0.004-0.008 inch) on idlergear hub. The hub is a light press fit intiming gear housing, and can be loos-ened with a soft hammer if renewal is

necessary. Due to un even spacing of hubstuds, hub can only be installed in oneposition.

The two flanged bushings in idler gearare renewable. Bushings must bereamed after installation to an insided iamete r o f 50 .795-50 .818 mm 1.9998-2.0007 inches). T ighten idlergear retaining screws to a torque of 41N-m 30 ft.- lbs.), th en be nd lock pla tearound head s of cap screws. *

8 5 CAMSHAFT GEAR The cam-shaft g ear Fig. 95) is pressed a nd keyedto shaft and retained by a special capscrew, tab washer and retaining plate.Use a suitable puller to remove th e gear.

Use the retaining plate and cap screwto draw gear into position whenreinstalling. Do not attempt to drivegear onto camshaft as th e plug locatedin cylinder block at rea r of camshaft w illbe damaged. Tighten retaining capscrew to a torq ue of 68 N-m 50 ft.-lbs.),then lock in place by bending tabwasher. Time the gears as outlined inparagraph 88.

INJECTION PUMPDRIVE GEAR

; MASSEY-FERGUSON

8 6 INJECTION PUMP DRIVE

GEAR The iryection pump drive gear Fig. 95) is retained to pum p ada pter bythree cap screws. When installing thegear, align dowel pin with slot Fig. 96)in adapter hub, then install the retain-ing cap screws. The iryection pumpdrive gear and adapter are supported by

the iryection pump rotor bearings.

87 CRANKSHAFT GEAR Thecran ksh aft timing gear Fig. 95) is keyedto the shaft and is a transition fit, 0.025mm 0.001 inch) tight to 0.025 mm 0.001 inch) loose on shaft. It is usuallypossible to remove the gear using twosmall pry bars to move the gear forward.Remove timing gear h ousing an } enginebalancer, then use a suitable puller ifgear cannot be removed with pry bars.

Be sure th at oil slinger is installed be-tween crankshaft gear and timing gear

cover with cup side toward front. Besure that engine balancer gears are cor-rectly timed to crankshaft gear asoutlined in paragraph 88.

8 8 TIMING THE GEARS 1b installand time the gears, first installcrankshaft, camshaft and iryectionpump gears as outlined in paragraphs85, 86 and 87 with timing marks tofront. Turn the shafts until timing marks Fig. 95) point toward idler gear hub,then install idler gear with all marks

aligned as shown. Secure idler gear asin paragraph 84.

TIMING GEAR HOUSING

Ali Modeis So Equipped

8 9 . 1 b remove the timing gear hous-ing, first remove timing gears as outlin-ed in paragraphs 84 through 87 and th eiryection pump as in paragraph 126.Remove power steering pump if notpreviously removed. If oil pan has no tbeen removed, remove the four front oil

pan cap screws. Remove the c ap screws

Fig. 95^View of timing gearsinstaiied and marks aiignedfor A4.236 and A4.248 d iesei

engines.

fig 96—Correct instaiiation of injection pump rive gear is simpiified by the owei pin which fits

in machined siot In pump drive shaft.

32



SHOP MANUAL

securing timing gear housing to blockfront face and lift off the housing asshown in Fig. 97.

Timing gear housing must be removedbefore camshaft can be withdrawn. In-stall by reversing the removal pro-cedure. Oil pan must be installed andtightened before t ightening the cap

screws securing timing gear housing toblock front face.

CAMSHAFT


90 . 1b remove th e camsha ft, firstremove timing gear housing as outlinedin paragraph 89. Secure cam followers(tappets) in their uppermost position,remove the fuel l if t pump, thenwithdraw camshaft and front thrustwasher

The camshaft run s in three bearings.The front bearing bore contains a pre-sized renewable bushing, while thecen ter and re ar journ als ride directly inmachined bores in engine block (Fig98).

Camshaft end play of 0.10-0.40 mm(0.004-0.016 inch) is controlled by athrust washer which is located behindtiming gear housing in a recess machin-ed in front face of cylinder block Thrustwasher should protrude above face of

9 —Timing gear housing must be removed asshown before camshaft can be withdrawn.

engine biock with camshaft

washer iocating dowei. The other two cam-shaft bores are not bushed.

cylinder block 0.66-0.79 mm (0.026-0.031 inch). Thickness of thrust washerwhen new is 5.49-5.54 mm (0.216-0.218inch). Thrust washer should be renew-ed if camshaft end play exceeds 0.51mm (0.020 inch).

Camshaft specifications are as follows:

Front JournalJou rna l OD 50.711-50.736 mm

(1.9965-1.9975 in.)Bearing Bore ID 50.80-50.83 mm

(2.000-2.001 in.)Clearance Limits . . . .0.064-0.114 mm

(0.0025-0.0045 in.)

Center JournalJou rnal OD 50.457-50.482 mm

(1.9865-1.9875 in.)Bearing Bore ID 50.55-50.60 mm

(1.990-1.992 in.)

Clearance Limits . . . .0.064-0.140 mm(0.0025-0.0055 in.

Rear JournalJournal OD 49.949-49.974 mm

(1.9665-1.9675 in.)Bearing ID 50.04-50.09 mm

(1.970-1.972 in.)Clearance Limits . . . .0.064-0.140 mm

(0.0025-0.0055 in.)

CAM FOLLOWERS


91. The mushroom type cam followers(tappets) opera te directly in machinedbores in cylinder block. Cam followerscan be removed through bottom ofcylinder block after rem oving camshaftand oil pan. Identify cam followers asthey are removed so they can bereinstalled in their original locations ifreused.

The 18.99-19.01 mm (0.7475-0.7485inch) diameter ca m followers are fur-nished in stand ard size only and sh ouldhave a diametral clearance of 0.038-

0.095 mm (0.0015-0.0038 inch) in blockbores. Cam followers should be renew-ed if scored, pitted or ex cessively worn.Always renew cam followers whenevercamshaft is renewed.



92 . Connecting rod and piston unitsare removed from above after removingcylinder head, oil pan, engine ba lancerand rod bearing caps. Be sure to remove

carbon deposit and ring ridge (if pre-sent) from top of cylinder beforepushing piston out of cylinder

Cylinder numbers are stamped on th econnecting rod and cap. When reinstall-ing, mak e sure correlation num bers are

Paragraphs 90-93

in register and face away from camshaftside of engine. Each piston is stampedwith a number corresponding to itscylinder location. The piston crown isalso stampe d with the word FRON Tor letter ' F ' ' to indicate correct installa-tion (Fig. 99).

Note that two different types of con-necting rod cap nuts, each with dif-ferent tightening torque values, havebeen used. Early models used cadmiumplated (bright finish) nuts while latermodels use phosphated (dull blackfinish) nuts. Threads should be lightlyoiled and nuts tightened to the follow-ing torque values: 108 N-m (80 ft.-lbs.)for cadmium plated nuts and 129 N'm(95 ft.-lbs.) for phosphated nuts.

PISTONS SLEEVES AND RINGS


9 3 . The aluminum alloy, cam groundpistons are supplied in standard size on-ly and are available in a kit consistingof piston, p in and rings for one cylinderThe toroidal combustion chamber is off-set in piston crown and piston is mark-ed * 'FRONT or ' T for p r ope rassem bly as shown at (A— Fig. 99). Refer

Fig. 99—View of piston and connecting rod cor-rectiy assembied with F or FRONT mark (A),cyiinder numb er (B) and rod correiation numbers

(C).

33



Paragraph 93 Cont.)

to Fig. 100 or 101 an d the following forinstallation of piston rings.

Five piston rings are used on A4.236models. Produ ction p iston rings (P) a reused with new sleeves a nd service ringsets (S) should b e used in worn sleeves.

On production rings sets (P), the topring (1) is chrom e pla ted, parallel faced,cast iron and may be installed witheither side up. The second and thirdcompression rings (2 and 3) are equip-ped with groove (step) internally w hichshould be toward top with BTMmarking down. T he cast iron oil controlrings (4 and 5) may be installed witheither side up.

On service piston ring sets (S), thechrome plated top ring 1) should be in-stalled with groove in outer diameterand side marked TO P toward top ofpiston. The cast iron second ring (2) may

be installed with either side up. Thethird ring (3) should be installed withgroove (step) in inner diameter towardto p of piston. The three-piece, fourthring (4) should be installed by position-ing expander first, then staggering theend gaps of t he tw o rails. The fifth ring(5) may b e installed with eith er side u p.

Four piston rings are used on earlyModel A4.248 engines (prior to engineS.N. U 839080J), while three piston ringsare used on late production A4.248engines (starting with engine S.N.U839080J).

On early A4.248 engines, the chromeplated top compression ring is barrelfaced an d may be installed either sideup. The second and third compressionrings are chrome plated with internalgroove (step) which should be towardtop with side marked BTM down. In-stall the spring into fourth groove mak-ing sure that latch pin enters both endsof spring, then install cast iron oil ringover spring with end gap positioned180° from spring latch pin.

On late Model A4.248 engines withthree rings, the molybdenum top com-

pression ring (Fig. 101) is barrel faced

A 4 3 6

with top face internally stepped an d ex-ternally chamfered. Second compres-sion ring is cast iron with a tapered face.Install with internal stepped groove upan d external step down. The springloaded oil control ring may be installedeither side up.

1b check piston ring grooves for wear

on all engines, use a feeler gage tomeasure ring side clearance with newring installed in groove. Renew pistonassembly if side clearance exceedsspecified limits.

Check ring end gap using a feeler gagewith rings positioned in unworn area ofsleeve at top of cylinder. Refer to thefollowing for piston ring specifications:A4 .236 Engine 5 Rings)Ring Side Clearance-

Compression Rings(1, 2 & 3 ) 0.05-0.10

(0.002-0.004 in.)Oil Control Rings(4 & 5) 0.06-0.11 mm

(0.0025-0.0045 in.)

Ring End Gap-

Compression Ring (1) .0.41-0.86 mm(0.016-0.034 in.)

Compression Rings(2 & 3) .0.30-0.76 mm

(0.012-0.030 in.)

Oil Control Rings(4 & 5) 0.30-0.76 mm

(0.012-0.030 in.)

Fig. 101—Drawing o f iate production A4.248 three-ring piston showing correct instaiiation of piston

MASSEY-FERGUSON

A4 .248 Engine 4 Rings)Ring Side Clearance-

Compression Rings(1, 2 & 3) 0.05-0.10 mm

(0.002-0.004 in.)Oil ControlRing (4) 0.06-0.11 mm

(0.0025-0.0045 in.)

Ring End Gap-Compression Ring (1) .0.41-0.86 mm

(0.016-0.034 in.)Compression Ring(2 & 3) 0.30-0.76 mm


(0.012-0.036 in.)

A4.248 Engine B Rings)Ring Side Clearance-

Compression Rings(1 & 2) 0.04-0.07 mm


(0.0020-0.0038 in.)

On all models, check installed pistonheight at TDC when any new piston isinstalled (Fig. 102). Tbp of piston mustbe 0.41-0.62 mm (0.016-0.024 inch)above top face of cylinder block onA4.236 engines and 0.08-0.25 mm(0.003-0.010 inch) above to p of cy linderblock on A4.248 engines. If piston

height exceeds specified limit it will benecessary to machine piston crown toobtain specified installed height.

Cylinder sleeves used in original pro-duction are 0.03-0.08 mm (0.001-0.003inch) interference fit in cylinder blockbores. Fit of service cylinder sleeves incylinder block is from 0.03 mm (0.001inch) tight to 0.03 mm 0.001 inch ) loose.Original inside diameter of productioncylinder sleeves is 98.48-98.50 mm(3.877-3.878 inches for A4.236 enginesand 101.05-101.07 mm (3.9785-3.9795inches) for A4.248 engihes. Sleeves

should be renewed if cylinder bore tap erexceeds 0.2 mm (0.008 inch). A suitablesleeve removal and installing tool is re-quired to renew sleeves.

Fig. 100—Drawing of pistonswith cross section of pistonrings. Production rings forA4.236 engines are shown at P) and service rings usedwith worn sieeves are shownat S). Eariy productionA4.248 four-ring piston is aisoshown. Refer to Fig. 101 for

iate production three-ringpiston used on A4.248

engine.

Fig. 102—Measure instaiied height of new pistonsas shown, it m ay be necessary to machine piston

crown to obtain specified piston height.

34



SHOP MANUAL

Thoroughly clean and inspect cylinderblock bores and sleeves before install-ing new sleeves, as even the slightestbu rr or dirt can cause distortion of newsleeve when pressed into the block.Lubricate cylinder bores with a thinlubricant prior to installing sleeves.Press sleeve into cylinder block until

sleeve flange b ottom s in cylinder blockcounterbore. When correctly installed,top of sleeve flange s hould b e from 0.10mm (0.004 inch) below to 0.10 mm(0.004 inch) above top surface ofcylinder block. Note that early produc-tion sleeves had a fire ring th at protrud-ed above the sleeve flange. The latestyle sleeves (without fire ring) may beused to replace early style sleeves wh enrenew ing com plete set of sleeves. Do notintermix early and late style sleeves.

Allow time for sleeve to stabilize, the ncheck to make sure that sleeve bore is

not distorted. Service cylinder sleevesare prefinished and should not requireadditional machining after installation.Inside diam eter of sleeves after installa-t ion should be 98.50-98.52 mm(3.878-3.879 inch es) for A4.236 en ginesand 101.09-101.12 mm (3.980-3.981 in-ches) for A4.248 engines.

PISTON PINS


94 . The floating type piston pins are

retained in piston bosses by snap rings.The 34.920-34.925 mm (1.3748-1.3750inches) diameter pins are available instandard size only. The pins are a tran-sitional fit, 0.0 mm (0.0 inch) in-terference to 0.01 mm (0.0004 inch)clearance, in piston bosses. Heatingpiston in hot water or oil will makeremoval and installation of pins easier.

The r enew ab l e connec t i ng r odbushing must be final sized after in-s t a l l a t ion to provide a d iamet ra lclearance of 0.019-0.043 mm (0.0008-0.0017 inch) for th e p in. Be sure that oilhole in bushing is aligned with hole intop of connecting rod when installingnew bushings.

Piston pin retaining rings should berenewed whenever they are removed.

CONNECTING RODS ANDBEARINGS


95. Connecting rod bearings are preci-sion insert type, renewable from belowafter removing oil pan , engine ba lance rand bearing caps. When renew ing bear-ng shells, be sure that the projectionngages milled slot in rod and cap andhat the correlation marks on rod andap are in register and face away from

camshaft side of engine. Replacementrods should be marked with the cylindernumber in which they are installed.Bearings are available in standard aswell as 0.25, 0.50 and 0.75 mm (0.010,0.020 and 0.030 inch) undersizes.

Connecting rod bearings should havea diam etral clearan ce of 0.031-0.079 mm

(0.0012-0.0031 inch) on the 63.470-63.490 mm (2.4988-2.4996 inch) stan-dard diameter crankpin. Recommendedconnect ing rod s ide c l earance i s0.22-0.37 mm (0.0085-0.0145 inch).

Note that two different types of con-necting rod cap nuts, each with dif-ferent tightening torque values, havebeen used. Early models used cadmiumplated (bright finish) nuts while latermodels use phosphated (dull blackfinish) nuts. Threads of connecting rodbolts should b e lightly oiled and the nutst ightened to the following torque

valu es: 108 N-m (80 ft.-lbs.) for cadm iumplated nu ts and 129 N-m (95 ft.-lbs.) forphosphated nuts.



9 6 . The crankshaft is supported infive precision type main bearings. 1bremove the rear main bearing cap, it isfirst necessary to remove the engine,clutch, f lywheel and real oil seal. Theremainder of the main bearing caps canbe removed after removing the oil panand engine balancer.

Upper and lower main bearing insertsare not interchangeable, the upper(block) half being slotted to providepressure lubrication to crankshaft andconnecting rods. Inserts are inter-chan geab le in pairs for all jour nals ex -cept the center main bearing. Bearinginserts are available in standard size and0.25, 0.50 and 0.75 mm (0.010, 0.020and 0.030 inch) undersizes.

Crankshaft end play is controlled byrenewable thrust washers at front andrear of center main bearing. The caphalf of thrust washer is prevented fromturning by the tab which fits in machin-ed notch in cap. Block half of washercan b e rolled from position when bear-ing cap is removed. Recommendedcrankshaft end play is 0.10-0.38 mm(0.004-0.015 inch). Thrust washers areavailable in 0.19 mm (0.0075 inch) over-size as well as standard thickness. Oneset (top and bottom half) of oversizethrus t washe rs may be installed on oneside (front or rear) in combin ation withstandard size set at other side to provideoversize adjustme nt of 0.19 mm (0.0075inch). Tw o sets of oversize thrustwashers may be used t o provide ad just-ment of 0.38 mm (0.015 inch).

Paragraphs 94 97

Check crankshaft journals and bear-ings against the values listed below:

Main Journal DiameterStandard 76.16-76.18 mm

(2.9985-2.9990 in.)Maximum AllowableJournal Wear 0.04 mm

(0.0015 in.)Center Main Journal

Width 44.145-44.221 mm(1.738-1.741 in.)

Crankpin D iameter .63.47-63.49 mm(2.4990-2.4995 in.)

Diametral ClearanceMain Bearings 0.05-0.11 mm

(0.002-0.004 in.)Crankpin Bearings . . .0.03-0.08 mm

(0.0015-0.0030 in.)

Main bearing caps are numbered 1through 5 with number 1 at front ofengine. E ach c ap is also marked with aserial number which matches numberstamped on bottom of cylinder block.Tighten main bearing cap bolts to 244N-m (180 ft.- lbs.) torque. Lightly coatsealing surfaces of cylinder block bridgepiece with nonhardening sealer. Makesure bridge p iece is flush with rear sur-face of cylinder block as shown in Fig.104. Refer to appro priate paragraph 97or 98 for rear oil seal installation.

CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL

Engines with the letter L in suffixof engine serial number use a one-piece,lip type crankshaft rear oil seal. Earlyproduction engines without the letter L in engine serial numb er use a two-piece rope type rear oil seal.

All Models With One Piece LipType Seal

97. The hp type rear oil seal is con-tained in a one-piece seal retainer at-tached to rear face of engine block. The

seal retainer and seal can be removedafter spli t t ing tractor between engineand t r ansmiss ion as out l ined inparagraph 148 and removing engineclutch and flywheel.

Remove old seal from retainer, thenthoroughly clean retainer. Press newseal squarely into retainer making suretha t seal lip will be toward the enginewhen installed. Note that latest styleseal also has a dust deflector lip thatprot rudes rearward.

Inspect sealing surface of crankshaftflange for wear or damage. If flange is

grooved, n ew seal may be pressed slight-ly further into retainer so it will contactan unworn area of flange. If a satisfac-tory sealing area on crankshaft cannotbe obtained, it may be possible tomachine worn sealing area of flange, but

5



Paragraphs 98-100

do not alter area on which flywheellocates.

Lubricate l ip of seal and t h ecrankshaft flange with clean oil. Installseal and retainer assembly and tightenretaining cap screws evenly to 24 N*m 18 ft.-lbs.) torque.

All Models With Two-Piece RopeType Seal

9 8 . The rope ty pe re ar oil seal is con-tained in a two-piece retainer attachedto rear face of cylinder block. The sealretainer and seal can be removed aftersplitting tractor between engine andtransmission as outlined in paragraph148 and removing engine clutch an dflywheel.

The rope typ e cranksh aft seal is preci-sion cut to length, and must be installed

in retainer halves with 0.25-0.50 mm 0.010-0.020 inch) of seal en d protrudingfrom each end of retain er groove. Do nottrim th e seal. 1b install the seal, clampeach retainer half in a vise as shown inFig. 105. Make sure seal groove is clean.Start each end in groove with thespecified amount of seal protruding.Allow seal rope to buc kle in th e centeruntil about 25 mm 1 inch) of each en dis imbedded in groove, work center ofseal into position, th en roll with a roundbar as shown. Repeat the process withother half of seal retainer.


Coat both sides of retainer gasket an dend joints of retainer halves with asuitable gasket cem ent. Coat surface ofrope seal with graphite grease. Install re-tainer halves and cap screws loosely.

Tighten the two clamp bolts Fig. 106)first to 8 N-m 6 ft.-lbs.) torqu e, th entighten seal retain er cap screws evenlyto 16 N-m 12 ft.-lbs.), and finaUy tightenclamp bolts to 16 N-m 12 ft.-lbs.) torque.

ENGINE BALANCER

Early Models Prior to EngineS.N. U880190K)

9 9 OPERATION The Lanchestertype engine balancer consists of two un-balanced shafts which rotate in oppositedirections at twice crankshaft speed.The inertia of the shaft weights is timedto cancel out natural engine vibration,thus producing a smoother runningengine. The balancer is correctly timedwhen the balance weights are at theirlowest point when pistons are at TDC

an d BDC of their stroke.The balancer unit is driven by thecrankshaft timing gear through an idlergear attached to balancer frame. Theengine oil pump is mounted at rear ofbalancer frame and driven by thebalancer shaft. Refer to Figs. 107through 109.

MASSEY-FERGUSON

1 0 0 REMOVE AND REINSTALL

The balancer assembly can be removedafter removing the oil pan and moun-ting cap screws. Engine oil is pressurefed through balancer frame and cylinderblock. Balancer frame bearings are alsopressure fed.

When installing balancer with engine

in tractor, timing mark s will be difficultto observe w ithout removing gear cover.The balancer assembly can be safely in-stalled as follows:

Turn crankshaft until No. 1 and No.4 pistons are at the e^^ct bottom of theirstroke. Remove balancer idler gear 5—Fig. 109) if necessary, and reinstallwith single punch-marked tooth of idlergear meshed between the two markedteeth on weight drive shaft as shown inFig. 107. Install balancer frame withbalance weights hanging normally flatsurfaces of weights aligned and facingupward). If carefully installed, timingwill be correct although timing mark s atfront of engine may not be aligned. Marks align only occasionally wh enengine is running.) If engine is mo untedin stand or tractor front end is removed,timing marks can be o bserved by remov-ing timing gear cover.

NOTE: Baiancer can be safely instaiied

with No. 1 and 4 pistons at either TDC or

BDC. BDC is selected because interference

between connecting rod and baiance

weights can give warning if unit is badiy outof time. Also, alignment of timing m arks is

not essentlai but is a convenience for

originai engine assembiy.

With balancer correctly installed,tighten the retaining cap screws to ato rq ue of 54 N-m 40 ft.-lbs.) and com -plete the assembly by reversing theremoval procedure.

ig 1 4—Use a straightedge to aiign bridge piecefiush with rear surface of cyiinder biock.

Fig. 103—Cyiinder block bridge is equipped witha seai at each end A nonhardening sealing compound shouid aiso be applied to seaiing surfaces

of the bridge.

Fig. 105—Use a round bar to seat the asbestosrope seai in each retainer haif Refer to text for

detaiis.

Fig. 106—Rear view of cylinder block showingtwo piece oii seai retainer Refer to text for moun

ting boit tightening sequence.

36



SHOP MANUAL

Fig. 107—ins taiied view ofengine baiancer with timingmarks aiigned. Refer to text

for instaiiation procedure.

101. OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 109 foran exploded view of balancer frame andassociated parts. 1b disassemble theremoved balancer unit , unbolt and

remove oil pump housing (20) andassociated parts; and idler gear (5) andassociated parts. Set screws (S) retain-ing balance weights (15 and 16) are in-s t a l l ed us ing Lo ct i t e 242Threadlocker. Loosen screws, thenpush balance shafts 11 and 12) forwardout of frame and weights.

NOTE: Use care wh en removing shafts not

to aliow keys 13) to damage frame bushings.

Check the ba lancer component sagainst the following specifications:

Drive Shaft 11)Journal Diameter -

Fro nt 31.725-31.737 mm(1.2490-1.2495 in.)

Rear 25.375-25.387 mm(0.9990-0.9995 in.)

Bear ing C learan ce-Fro nt 0.051-0.107 mm

(0.0020-0.0042 in.)Rear 0.046-0.089 mm

(0.0018-0.0035 in.) Shaft 12)

Fro nt 31.710-31.725 mm(1.2485-1.2490 in.)

Rear 25.367-25.380 mm(0.9987-0.9992 in.)

Front . .0.064-0.122 mm(0.0025-0.0048 in.)

Rear 0.054-0.096 mm(0.0021-0.0038 in.)

Gear 5)

ing ID 38.100-38.140 mm(1.5000-1.5015 in.)

on Hub 0.025-0.081 mm(0.0010-0.0032 in.) 0.20-0.35 mm

(0.008-0.014 in.)0.15-0.23 mm

(0.006-0.009 in.)

Fig. 1 8—Assembied view of removed eariy styieengine baiancer and oii pump unit Refer to Fig,

109 for exploded view

23

Paragraphs 101-102

When reassembling balancer, use Loc-tite 242 on threads of screws retaininggears (14-Fig. 109) to balance weightsand on threads of set screws (S) retain-ing balance weights to shafts. Make cer-tain that flat surfaces of weights arealigned and facing upward as shown inFig. 108, then install idler gear aligningsingle timing mark on idler gear withdouble timing marks on balancer drivegear. Tighten idler gear retaining nut to54 N-m (40 ft.-lbs.) torque.

ENGINE BALANCER

Late Modeis With Engine S.N .U880190K and After)

102. GENERAL. The late style enginebalancer consists of two shaft andweight assemblies (2 and 3—Fig. 110)

which rotate in opposite directions attwice crankshaft speed. The balancerweights will be positioned at theirlowest point (flat surfaces of weights up-ward) each time the pistons are at TDCand BDC of their stroke if properlytimed.

The balancer unit is driven by thecrankshaft gear through an idler gearat tached to balancer frame. The engineoil pump (16) is mounted in the centerof balancer frame and is driven by thebalancer drive shaft.

Fig. 109—Expioded view of engine baiancer and engine oii pump used on eariy production engines prior to engine S.N. U880190K).

Locknut2. Hu b3 Dowe l

4. Bushing5. Idler gear6. Washer

7. Stud8. Frame9. Ring dowels

10. Plate11. Drive shaft12. Driven shaft

13. Key14. Gear15. Balance weight16. Balance weight17. Pump gear18. Pump gear

19. Shaft20 . Pump body21 . Valve piston22 . Valve spring23 . Cap

S. Set screw

37




103. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.The balancer assembly can be removedafter removing the oil pan and balance rmounting cap screws.

To reinstall and tim e balanc er tocrankshaft, first rotate crankshaft un-til No. 1 an d 4 pistons are at TDC of theirstroke. With balancer weights hangingdownward (flat surfaces of weights fac-ing upward), position balancer unit onbottom of cylinder block meshing idlergear with crankshaft gear. Tightenbalancer mou nting cap screws to 54 N*m(40 ft.-lbs.) torque.

104 . OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 110 foran exploded view of balancer assembly.To disassemble the removed balancerunit, remove cap screw retaining idlergear (9) and hu b 11) to balancer frame.Hold the drive shaft gear (12), then

remove nut (19) from end of shaft.Withdraw drive shaft and balancerdrive gear (18). Remove cover plate (15).Unbolt and remove oil pump (16) fromthe frame. Remove cap screws retainingoil transfer plate (4) and end cover (6),then separate plate and cover fromframe. Remove the balance weights (2

an d 3) . Press bushings (1) from endcover and frame if necessary.

Remove plugs (P) noting th eir positionfor reassembly, and flush out lubricatingoil passages. Examine all parts for wearor damage and renew if necessary. Referto the following specifications:

Drive Shaft (12)Journal OD—

Front 28.562-28.575 mm(1.1245-1.1250 in.)

Rear 23.787-23.800 mm(0.9365-0.9370 in.)

End Play .e 0.17-0.35 mm(0.0067-0.0137 in.)

Balan ce Weights 2 & 3)Shaft OD 38.054-38.069 mm

(1.4982-1.4988 in.)Bushing ID 38.133-38.174 mm

(1.501-1.503 in.)Shaft to BushingDiametral ClearanceO.064-0.0120 mm

(0.0025-0.0047 in.)Backlash 0.10-0.20 mm

(0.004-0.008 in.End Play .0.186-0.377 mm

(0.0073-0.0148 in.)

11

Idler Gear 9)Hub OD 38.09-38.10 mm

(1.4995-1.5000 in.)Thrust Washer

Thickness 4.14-4.29 mm(0.163-0.169 in.)

End Play 0.08-0.23 mm(0.003-0.009 in.)

When renewing balance weightbush ings (1 -F ig . 110), press newbushings into balancer housing untilrear en d of bushings is 2.50-2.72 mm(0.098-0.107 inch) below machined sur-face of housing bore. Press bushings in -to end cover (6) until front end ofbushings is 2.75-3.25 mm (0.108-0.125inch) below machined surface of cover.

If drive shaft bearings are beingrenewed, press rear bearing (17) intohousing bore until rear end of bearingis 2.0-3.0 mm (0.079-0.118 inch) belowrear face of housing. Press front bear-ing (13) into housing bore until it is 2.5-3.0 mm (0.098-0.118 inch) below frontface of housing.

Install oil pump in housing and tightenmounting cap screws to 33 N*m (24 ft.-lbs.) torque.

To assemble and correctly timebalancer weights, proceed as follows:Position weights in balancer housingwith flat surfaces of weights aligned a ndfacing upward. The edge of the flat onright-hand weight (3) should align with

scribed line on inner wall of balancerhousing. Insert drive shaft (12) throughthe oil pump and position shaft sosmaller diameter hole (A-Fig. I l l ) in

Fig. 110—Exploded view of engine baiancer and engine oii pump used on iate production engines engine S.N.U880190K and after).

p. Plugs1. Bushings2. Balancer weight3. Balancer weight4. Oil transfer plate5. Gasket

6 .7.8.9.

10 .

End coverBalancer frameThrust washerIdler gearBearing

11 .12 .13 .14 .

H u bDrive shaftBearingOil pressure reliefvalve

15 .16 .

17 .18 .

19 .

Cover plateOil pump E^sy.BearingBalancer drive gearLocknut

fig. —To time baiance weights, position fiat sufyices of weights 2 and 3) upward and in iine witheach other instaii drive shaft 12) with smalldiameter hoie A) In end of shaft positioned 11*

ieft of vertical as shown.

38



SHOP MANUAL

end of drive shaft/gear 12) is located ap -proximately 11° left of vertical asshown. While holding balance weightsand drive shaft in timed position, installbala nce r weigh t drive gear 18—Fig. 110)onto drive shaft. Apply Loctite 242 tothreads of locknut 19), then t ighten nutto 95 N-m 70 ft.-lbs.) torq ue .

Install the end cover 6) and t ightenmounting cap screws to 54 N*m 40 ft.-lbs.) torque . Install oil transfe r p late 4)with a new gasket and tighten mountingcap screws to 33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.) torqu e.Note that plugs P) for lubricating oilpassages are of different length s andmust be installed in correct locations.The plugs have different shaped socketheads hexagon socket on short plug,square socket on long plug), and correctassembly location of plugs is indicatedby the raised hexagon symbol H—Fig.112) and square symbol S) on re ar of oil

transfer plate 4).Install idler gear 9—Fig. 110) and hub

11) assembly. Tighten retainin g capscrew to 75 N-m 55 ft.-lbs.) torque.

OIL PAN

Ali Modeis So Equipped

1 5 The heav y cast iron oil panserves as par t of tractor frame and asattaching point for t ractor front sup-port. 1b remove the oil pan, first drainthe oil. Support tractor under transmis-

sion housing, remove cap screws secur-ing oil pan to cylinder block, frontsuppor t and transmission housing andlower the oil pan from cylinder block.

Install by reversing the removal pro-cedure. Tighten retaining screws to 19N-m 14 ft.-lbs.) torq ue . Tighten oil panto transmission housing cap screws to 75N-m 55 ft.- lbs.) torq ue and oil pan tofront axle support to 270 N-m 200 ft.-lbs.) torque .

OiL PU P

Eariy iModeis With Oii PumpMounted on Rear of BaiancerHousing)

1 6 The gear type oil pump ismounted on engine balancer frame anddriven by balancer shaft as shown inFig. 109. Oil pum p ca n b e removed afterremoving oil pan.

Exam ine pum p body 20—Fig. 109),ears 17 and 18) and plate 10) for wea rr scoring and renew any p arts tha t areuestionable. Pump gears must be

enewed as a pair. Check parts againsthe following values:Thickness of oil pum p gears should be

mm 0.998-1.000 inch). of pump body cavity should be

mm 0.999-1.002 inch).

End clearance of gears in pump bodywith a 0.10 mm 0.004 inch) gasket in-s t a l l ed should be 0 .08-0 .20 mm 0.003-0.008 inch). Radial clearance ofgears in body bores should be 0.05-0.23mm 0.002-0.009 inch).

Late Modeis With Oii Pump

Mounted in Center of BalancerHousing)

1 7 The gerotor type oil pump ismounted in the center of enginebalancer housing and driven by thebalancer drive shaft. 1b remove oilpu m p 16—Fig. 110), first remove oil panand engine balancer as outlined inparag raph 103. Remove balan cer idlergear 9) . Remove nut 19) and b alan cerdrive gear 18) from drive shaft 12),then withdraw drive shaft from oilpum p and balancer hou sing. Remove oil

pump mounting cap screws and lift outthe oil pump assembly.

Remove end cover from oil pum p bodyand remove inner and outer rotors.Check rotors, pum p body and end coverfor wear or other damage. Individualpar ts are not available for pump repairother than relief valve assembly 14).Check parts against the following valuesto determine if pump assembly shouldbe renewed.

Inner Rotor to OuterRotor Clearance . . .0.025-0.150 m m

0.001-0.006 in.)Outer Rotor to

Body Clearance 0.31-0.44 mm 0.012-0.017 in.)

Inner and Outer RotorEnd Clearance 0.025-0.076 mm

0.001-0.003 in.)

When installing pum p, tighten moun t-ing cap screws to 33 N-m 24 ft.-lbs.) tor-que. Install drive shaft 12) makingcertain th at small hole A—Fig. Ill) inen d of shaft/gear is positioned as shown

and flat surfaces of balan cer we ights 2and 3) are facing upward. Installbalancer drive gear on end of driveshaft. Apply Loctite 242 to threads of

Fig 112—Th e raised hexagon symbol H) and

squ re symbol S) on rear of lubricating oii transferpiate 4) indicate correct instaiiation position of

piugs in iubricating oii passages Refer to text.

Paragraphs 105-109

locknu t 19 -Fig . 110), then tighten nutto a torque of 95 N-m 70 ft.-lbs.).Reinstall idler gear 9) assembly andt ighten retaining cap screw to 75 N*m 55 ft.-lbs.) torque.

Reinstall balancer and oil pumpassembly as outlined in paragraph 103.

OiL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

Aii Modeis So Equipped

1 8 The plunger type relief valve islocated in oil pump body as shown in ap -propriate Fig. 109 or 110. The valve isset to open at approximately 415 kPa 60psi). Normal operating oil pressure is210-380 kPa 30-55 psi) with eng ine atnormal operating temperature and run-ning at full speed.

FLYWHEELAil Modeis So Equipped

1 9 1b remove the flyw hee l, firstseparate engine from transm ission hous-ing as outlined in paragraph 148 andremove the clutch. Flywheel is securedto crankshaft flange by six cap screws.

The flywheel ring gear may be re-moved at this time. 1b remove ring gear,a 5 mm 3/16 inch) hole may be drilledpartially through ring gear at the rootof any tooth. Then, use a chisel above

the drilled hole to split the ring gear.

CAUTION: Cover chisel point wfth a cloth

to protect against fiying fragments as ring

gear may disintegrate when struck

An alternate method of removal is toheat ring gear with a torch to expandit , then drive gear off the flywheel.

Heat new ring gear to a temperatureof 245° C 475° F) using an oven.Heating new gear with a torch is notrecommended as excessive heat canruin th e heat t reatment of gear. Install

ring gear on flywheel with chamferedside of teeth facing front of flywheel.Allow ring gear to air cool.

To proper ly locate f lywheel oncrankshaft , align the seventh unused)hole in flywheel w i th untapped hole incrankshaft flange. Tighten retaining capscrews evenly to 108 N-m 80 ft.-lbs.)torque.

Use a dial indicator to check run outof clutch face on flywheel. Pushcrankshaft fully forward to remove endplay when making this check. Flywheelface should run true within 0.025 mm

0.001 inch) per 25 mm 1 inch) offlywheel radius, measured from centerof crankshaft to contact po int of dial in-dicator stylus. If run out is excessive,remove flywheel and check for burrs,foreign material or flywheel warpage.

39



SHOP MANUAL

GOVERNOR

All Gasoline Models

112. ADJUSTMENT. Recommendedgoverned engine speeds are as follows:

Low idle 725-775 rpm

High idle no-load) . . . 2225-2275 rp mLoaded speed 2000 rpm

Tb adjust th e governor, first adjust th elength of rod 1-F ig. 119) to 498.5 mm 19-5/8 inches) me asured from end ofspring pin to centerline of rod end. Ad-just length of rod 2) to 140.5 mm 5-17/32 inches ) m easure d betw eencen terline of ball joints. Sta rt engine andadjust length of rod 1) to provide highidle no-load) spe ed of 2225-2275 rpm.If thro ttle lever c reeps or will not m ain-tain a set position, adjust the pressure

on friction disc by tightenin g nut 3).

113. OVERHAUL. Governor armshaft, bearings and associated parts canbe inspected and/or overhauled by un-bolting and removing governor housing 19 -Fig . 120). Tb remove shaft andweight unit, it is first necessary toremove timing gear cover a s outlined inparagraph 18 and governor gear as inparagraph 22. Distributor drive unitwhich carries governor weights canthen be r emoved as out l ined inparagraph 28. Shaft and weight unit is

only available as an assembly.Refer to Fig. 120 for a disassembled

view of governor unit. The governorhaf t 11) shou ld have dia m etralleara nce of 0.023-0.061 mm 0.0008-.0024 inch) in bore of housing 7) andlearance of 0.102-0.140 mm0.0040-0.0055 inch) in bushing 16).

10-0.20 .mm 0.004-0.008 inch). 10) should have

mm 0.001-0.003 inch)in bushing bore. Recommend-

is

mm 0.010-0.042 inch ). Con-shaft 22) should have 0.025-0.076

0.001-0 .003 inch) d iam et ra l

Paragraphs 112 114

119—Drawing of gasoline eng ine throttieLengths of rods 1 and 2} should be ad-

Waf 3) adjustslever friction. Refer to text

20

Fig. 120—Exploded view of governor and distributor drive assembly used on gasoline engines

2. Lockwasher3. Plain washer4. Drive gear5. Gasket6. Thrust plate7. Drive body

8. Distributor drivegear retaining pin

9. Oil line** 10. Distribu tor drive

gear11. Drive shaft assy.

12. Sleeve13. Snap ring14. Thrust bearing15. Yoke16. Uushing17. Seal

18. Gasket19. Housing20. Plug21 . Seal22 . Shaft23. Lever24 . Shaft retaining pin

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEMThe diesel fuel system consists of

three basic units: the fuel tank andfilters, ir\jection pump and ir\jectornozzles. When servicing any uni tassociated with diesel fuel system, themaintenance of absolute cleanliness isof utmost importance. Of equal impor-tance is the avoidance of nicks or burrson any of the working parts.

FUEL FILTER AND BLEEDING


114 . OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. Refer to Fig. 121 for aschematic view of fuel flow throughfilter, lift pump and ir\jection pump. Amuch greater volume of fuel is cir-

Flg. 121—Schematic of fuellift pum p L), fiiter F) anddiesei injection pump P).Piugs 1, 2 and 3} are forbleeding air rom the system.Arrow indicates direction of

flow in ilnes.

41



Paragraphs 115-117

culated within the system tha n is burn-ed in the engine, the excess serving asa coolant and lubricant for the iryectionpump.

Fuel enters the filter through inletline I-Fig. 121) from th e fuel lift pump L) . Filtered fuel is fed to the iryectionpum p P) as shown by arrows. Thetransfer pump incorporated in the ii\jec-tion pump has the primary purpose ofcharging the delivery plungers whichdistribute the high-pressure fuel to theiryectors. A greater quantity of fuel ispumped than is actually required to ru nthe engine. The excess serves to cooland lubricate the pump, then enters theretu rn line to filter F) wh ere i t is recir-culated . Line R) retu rns excess fuel tothe tank.

Inspect glass bowl at bottom of filterdaily and drain off any dirt or water ac-

cumu lation. Renew filter at 250 hou r in-tervals or sooner if loss of engine poweris evident. If evidence of substantialwater or other contamination exists,source of contamination should befound and corrected before resumingoperation of tractor.

115. BLEEDING Air must be bledfrom fuel system whenever fuel tankhas run dry, fuel filter has been renewedor any fuel lines have been discon-nected. Tb bleed system, make sure thattank shut-off valve is open an d all fuel

line connections are tight. Loosen ai rve nt plu g 1—Fig. 121) on to p of fuelfilter housing. Ope rate priming lever onfuel lift pump L) until air free fuel flowsfrom vent plug, then tighten plug.

NOTE: If fuel lift pump d oes not pum p fuel

and no resist nce can be feit when actuating

priming lever, rotate engine crankshaft to

reposition fuel pump actuating lobe on

camshaft.

Move fuel shut-off control to RUNposition. Loosen vent screws 2 and 3)on iryection pump. Actuate fuel liftpump until fuel flows from bottombleed screw 2), the n tighten screw.Continue to operate fuel lift pump un-til fuel flows from top bleed screw 3),then tighten screw.

NOTE: Air in governor housing relieved by

bieed screw 3) will not prevent tractor from

starling and running properly; however, con-

densation in the trapped air can cause

rusting of governor com ponents and even-

tuai pump maifunction. Do not faii to bleed

governor housing even though the tractor

starts and runs properly.

Operate manual lever approximatelyten extra strokes after tightening ventplug 3) to expel any air remaining inbleed back lines.

With fuel supply system bled, push inthe stop button, partially open throttlelever and attempt to start the tractor.If tractor fails to fire, loosen compres-sion nut at all ii\jector nozzles and turnengine over with starter until fuelescapes from all loosened connections.Tighten compression nuts and startengine.

FUEL LIFT PUMP


116. The fuel lift pump shown in Fig.123 is type used on MF255 dieselmodels. All other diesel models areequipped with fuel lift pu mp shown inFig. 122. All of t h e pumps are driven byan eccentric on the engine camshaft.Output delivery pressure should be

35-55 kPa 5-8 psi) for Model MF255;42-69 kPa 6-10 psi) for all other models.Prior to disassembling fuel lift pump,

scribe a mark across fuel pum p body 8)and valve housing 4) to ensure correctalignment when reassembling. Turndiaphragm 7) 90° to disengage it fromactuator lever 9) . Inspect all par ts an drenew as necessary. Note that inlet andoutlet valves 6) are not available

MASSEY-FERGUSON

separately on pump shown in Fig. 122.A repair kit containing the diaphragmand o ther re la ted components isavailable for all pumps.

INJECTOR NOZZLES

All diesel models are equipped with

C.A.V. multi-hole ii\jector nozzles w hichextend throug h the cylinder head to in-ject fuel charge directly into the com-bustion chamber.


117. TESTING AND LOCATING AFAULTY NOZZLE. If rough or unevenengine operation, or misfiring indicatesa faulty iiyector, the defective unit canusually be located as follows:

With engine running at the speedwhere malfunction is most noticeable usually low idle speed), loosen the com-pression nut on high pressure line foreach ii\jector in turn and listen for achange in engine performance. The faul-ty ii\jector is the one that least affectsthe running of the engine when its lineis disconnected.

If a faulty nozzle is found and con-siderable time has elapsed since th e in-jectors have been serviced, i t isrecomm ended tha t all nozzles be remov-ed and serviced or that new or recon-ditioned u nits be installed. Refer to th e

following paragraphs for removal andtest procedure.

Fig. 122—Exploded view of fuel lift pump used onall diesel models except Model MF255.

1. Cover 6. Check valve2. Gasket 7. Diaphragm3. Strainer screen 8. Pump body4. Valve housing 9. Actuator link5. Gaske t 10. Rocker arm

Fig. 12 3^Exp ioded view of fuei lift pump us ed onf\MF diesei models Refer to Fig 22 fo r iegend

except for seai 11) and retainer 12}.

42



SHOP MANUAL


Before loosening any fuel l ines,thoroughly clean the lines, iiyectors andsurrounding area. Disconnect fuel leak-off line and pressure line and im-mediately cap all openings to prevententry of dirt into fuel system. Removethe two stud nuts and withdraw iryec-

tor unit from cylinder head.

NOTE: If injector is difficuit to remove,

apply penetrating oil and use a suitabie

puiier such as iVIFN330) to puii injector from

cylinder head.

Thoroughly clean th e nozzle recess incylinder head before reinstalling ii\jec-tor unit. It is impo rtant th at se ating sur-face be free of even the smallest particleof carbon or dirt which could cause theii\jector u nit to be cocked a nd res ult inblowby. No hard or sharp tools shouldbe used in cleaning. Do not reuse cop-per sealing wash er located between in-jector nozzle and cylinder head, alwaysinstall a new washer. Each ir\jectorshould slide freely in to place in cylinderhead without binding. Make sure thatdust seal is reinstalled and tighten theretaining stud nuts evenly to a torqueof 16 N-m 12 ft.-lbs.). A fter eng ine isstarted, examine iryectors for blowby,making the necessary corrections beforereleasing tractor for service.

119 TESTING A complete job oftesting and adjusting the injector re -quires the u se of special test equipment.

120 OPENING PRESSURE .Open th evalve to tester gage and operate testerlever slowly while observing gagereading. Opening pressure should be17240 kPa 2500 psi) . If openingpressure is no t a s specified, remove th einjector cap nut 1-F ig. 126) and turnadjusting sleeve 5) as required to obtainthe recommended pressure.

NOTE: W hen adjusting a new injector or

an overhauied injector with new pressure

spring 6), set the pressure at 17720 kPa

2570 psi) to allow for initiai pressure loss.

121 SEAT LEAKAGE. The nozzlevalve should not leak at pressure lessthan 15860 kPa 2300 psi). b check forleakage, actuate tester lever slowly andas the gage needle approaches 15860kPa 2300 psi), observe the nozzle tip.

Hold the pressure at 15860 kPa 2300psi) for ten seconds; if drops appear orif nozzle tip is wet , the valve is not

/

Paragraphs 118-123

seating and ir\jector must be disassembl-ed and overhauled as outlined inparagraph 124.

122 BACK LEAKAGE. If nozzle seatas tested in parag raph 121 was satisfac-tory, check the iiyector and connections

for wetness which would indicateleakage. If no visible external leaks arenoted, bring gage pressu re to 15515 kPa 2250 psi), release the lever and observethe tim e for gage pressure to drop from15515 kPa 2250 psi) to 10345 kPa 1500psi). For a nozzle in good con dition, thistime should n ot be less than six seconds.A faster pressure drop would indicatea worn or scored nozzle valve piston orbody, and the nozzle assembly should berenewed.

NOTE: Leakage of the tester check valve

or connections wili cause a false reading,showing up in this test as excessively fast

leakback. if aii injectors tested fail to pass

the test, the tester rather than the unit

shouid be suspected as fauity.

123 SPRAY PATTERN. If leakage andpressure are as specified whe n tested asoutlined in paragraphs 120 through 122,operate the tester hand le several t imeswhile observing spray pattern. Fourfinely atomized, equally spaced, conicalsprays should emerge from nozzle tip,with equal penetration into the sur-

rounding atmosphere.

WARN ING: Fuei ieaves the injector nozzle

Only clean, approved test ing oil tester tank. The

seat leakage, back leakage and

Before conducting the test , operate

testerand pum p tester lever a few quick

om nozzle and to

NOTE: Spray pattern is not symmetricai

irregular iocation of nozzie hoies See

provide the

Fig. 124—Nozzle holes arrows) are not located anequal distance from nozzie tip.

Fig. 125—Noale spray pattern Is not symmetricalwith centerline of n ozzle tip.

Fig. 126—Ex ploded view of typicai injector nozzie and holder assembly.

1 ap nut2. Gaske t 9. Dowel pin5. Adjusting sleeve 10. Nozzle valvetj Spring u . Nozzle body7. Valve spindle 12. Nozzle nut

8. Nozzle holder 13. Seat washer

43



Paragraphs 124 126

If pattern is uneven, ragged or notfinely atom ized, overhaul th e nozzle asoutlined in paragraph 124.

NOTE: Spray patterrv is not symmetricai

with centerline of nozzle tip; refer to Fig.

125.

124 OVERHAUL Hard or sharptools, emery cloth, grinding compound,or other than approved solvents or lap-ping compounds must never be used.An approved nozzle cleaning kit isavailable through any C.A.V. ServiceAgency and other sources.

Wipe all dirt and loose carbon fromexterior of nozzle and holder assembly.Refer to Fig. 126 and proceed as follows:

Secu re the nozzle in a soft-jawed viseor holding fixture and remove cap nut 1), then back off the adjusting sleeve

5) to completely unload the pressurespring 6). Remove the nozzle cap nut 12) and nozzle body 11).

Nozzle valve 10) and body 11) arematched assemblies and must never beintermixed. Place all parts in a cleancalibrating oil or diesel fuel as they areremoved. Clean the exterior surfaceswith a brass wire brus h. Soak in an ap-proved carbon solvent, if necessary, toloosen hard carbon deposits. Rinse theparts in clean diesel fuel or calibratingoil immediately after cleaning toneutralize the carbon solvent and pre-

vent etching the polished surfaces.Clean the pressure ch amb er of nozzle

tip using the special reamer as shown inFig. 127. Clean the spray holes in noz-zle with a wire probe held in a pin viseas shown in Fig. 128. Use a 0.24 mm

0.009 inch) diameter cleaning w ire forMF255, MF265 and MF270 models anda 0.26 mm 0.010 inch) diam eter clean-ing wire for M F275 and MF290 models.The cleaning wire should protrude frompin vise only far enough to pass thro ughspray holes, appro xim ately 2 mm 1/16inch), to prevent bending and breaking.Rotate pin vise witho ut applying un duepressure until each hole is clear. Cleanvalve seats by inserting small end ofbrass valve seat scraper into nozzle androtating tool. Reverse the tool and cleanupper chamfer using large end. Refer toFig. 129. Use the hooked scraper toclean annular groove in top of nozzlebody Fig. 130). Use th e same hookedtool to clean the internal fuel gallery.

With the above cleaning accom-plished, back flush the nozzle by instaU-ing the reverse Ousher adapter on

injector tester and nozzle body inadapter, tip end first. Secure with theknurled adapter nut and insert androtate the nozzle valve while flushing.

Reclean a parts by rinsing thoroughlyin clean diesel fuel or calibrating oil.Make ce rta in tha t nozzle Valve 10—Fig.126) slides freely into nozzle body 11).If valve sticks, reclean nozzle assemblyand recheck for burrs or carbondeposits. If valve still does no t slide free-ly, renew nozzle assembly. Be surelapped pressure faces of nozzle bodyand holder 8) are clean and free of

scra tche s or oth er damag e Fig. 131).Reassemble iryector while wet with

diesel fuel. Tighten nozzle cap nut 12—Fig. 126) to a tor qu e of 68 N-m 50ft.- lbs.). Do not overtighten as distor-tion may cause nozzle valve to stick.

Fig. 127—Clean the pressure chamber in nozzle tipusing the speciai reamer as shown.

: MASSEY FERGUSON

Retest and adjust the assembled ir\jec-tor as outlined in paragraphs 119through 123.

INJECTION PUMP

The ii\jection pump is a completelysealed unit. No service work of any kind

should be attempted on the pump orgovernor unit without the use of specialpump testing equipment and specialtraining. Inexperienced or unequippedservice personnel should never at tem ptto overhaul a diesel iryection pump.

All Diesel Models

125. ADJUSTMENT The slow idlestop screw Fig. 132) should be ac^ustedwith engine warm and running to pro-vide the recommended slow idle speedof 725-775 rpm. Also check to makesure that governor arm contacts theslow idle screw and high speed screwwhen throttle lever is moved to slowand fast positions. Also check to makesure that stop lever arm moves fully tooperating position when stop button ispushed in, and shuts off the fuel to in-jectors when stop button is pulled.

Th e high speed stop screw is set at thefactory and adjustment is sealed.Governed speed under full load shouldbe 2000 rpm on all tractors except ModelMF290 which should be 2200 rpm . High

idle no-load) speed should not exceed2185 rpm on all models except MF290which should not exceed 2380 rpm.

Refer to paragraph 127 for iryectionpump timing ac^ustment.


Prior to removing ii\jection pump,thoroughly wash the pump and connec-tions with clean diesel fuel or solvent.Do not wash iryection pump with coldwater while engine is runn ing as seizureof close fitting parts may result.

Disconnect throttle control rod and

engine shut-off control cable from iryec-tion pump. Shut off fuel supply at tank.Disconnect fuel inlet, outlet and high

t AC t -S MUST B fc CLEAN

Fig. 129— dean the vaive seats using brassscraper as shown.

Fig. 12 8—de an the spray hoies in nozzie tip using a pin vise an d wire probe siightiy smailer than

orifice.

Fig. 13 —Use th e hooked scraper to clean the annular groove as shown In Inset.

Fig. 131—Be sure lapped surfaces are dean andthat locating dowels are perfectly aligned when

nozzie body is reinstalied.

44



SHOP M NU L

F u e l S h u t - O f f A r wI n R un r> 1r »g ** P o s i t i o n

W i r e S e a l

A n d C o v e r S l e e v e

Low Idle

S|>eed AdjustinqScrew

Haximum SpeedAdjusting Screw

Fig. 132—V iew of typicai in-jection pum p iinkage showing

iocation of iow speed andhigh speed adjustmentscrews.

pressure lines from pump and im-mediately plug all openings to prevententry of dirt. Remove the inspectioncover from front of timing gear cover,

then remove the three cap screws re -taining iryection pump drive gear topump shaft. Remove stud n uts attachingpump to t iming gear housing andwithdraw pump assembly.

The injection pump drive shaft con-tains a milled slot (S->Fig. 133) whichengages a dowel pin in iryection pumpdrive gear. Th e d rive gear cannotbecome unmeshed from timing idlergear without removal of timing gearcover. Therefore, injection timing is notdisturbed by removal and installation ofiryection pump.

Normal installation of injection pum pcan be accomplished without referenceto crankshaft t iming marks or internalmarks on iryection pump. Engage slotS—Fig. 133) in pum p drive sha ft w ith ,owel pin in pum p drive gear, and align

iming marks (T—Fig. 134) scribed on

mp s tud nuts to a 27 N-m (20

Complete installation of pump byng the removal procedure. Bleed

rom system as outlined in pa ragrap h Check iryection pum p static timing,

133—Siot (S) in pump shaft m ust align withon pum p drive gear when

pump is instaiied.

2 7 INJECTION PUMP STATIC

TIMING Ib check pump timing forModel MF255 equipped with AD4.203engine, proceed as follows: Shut off the

fuel supply. Remove timing windowcover (W—Fig. 134) from side of iryec-tion pump. Remove flywheel timingplug from left side of transmissionadapter housing. Turn crankshaft innormal direction of rotation until thelette r *'B timing mark on injectionpump rotor is aligned with the straightedge of internal snap ring as shown inFig. 136. At this point, the 26° BTDCtiming mark on flywheel (Fig. 135)

Fig. 134—Timing marks (T) must be aligned whenInjection pump Is Installed. Pump internai timingmarks are iocated behind timing window cover

( W ) .

Paragraph 127

should be aligned with timing mark atcenter of timing hole.

Ib check pump timing on all othermodels, proceed as follows: Shut off fueland remove pum p timing w indow (W—Fig. 134) from side of iryection pump.Remove flywheel timing plug from leftside of transmission adap ter plate. Turncrankshaft in normal direction of rota-tion until the letter *'C timing markson iryection pump rotor is aligned withth e straight edge of internal snap ringas shown in Fig. 138. At this point, th e23° BTDC mark on flywheel should bealigned with timing window indicator asshown in F i g . 1 3 7 for MF255, MF265 and

Fig. 136—View of injection pump timing marks forModel MF255 equipped with AD4.203 engineshowing B timing mark properiy aligned withsquare end of internai snap ring. Refer to text.

Fig. 137—The 2 3 * mark on fiywheei is used f o r t i m -

ing injection f o r MF255, MF265 and MF27 modeis

with A4.236 engine. Correct timing for MF275 andMF290 modeis with A4.248 engine is 24 which is

between the two marks. Refer to text.

Fig. 135—The 2 6 ^ * BTDC mark on flywheel Is usedfor timing injection for MF255 models equipped

with AD4.203 engine.showing C ^ _^. _..^

square end of snap ring. Re^r to'text.

45



Paragraphs 130 132

MF270 tractors equipped with A4.236engine. On MF275 and MF290 tractors,the indicator pointer should b e halfwaybetween the 23° and 25° marks whichwill be 24° BTDC.

On all models, the mounting holes inpum p mounting flange are elongated topermit minor timing adjustments. Ifpump housing is moved, be sure toscribe appropriate timing marks (T—Fig.134) on pump flange and timing gearhousing. If pump timing marks cannotbe properly aligned by shifting pump onmounting studs, the timing gear covermust be removed and gears retimed asoutlined in paragraph 88.

COOLING SYSTEM

RADIATOR

All Models

130. To remove radiator, first draincooling system an d remove hood, sidepanels a nd grille. Remove air inlet tubeand the cap screws attaching fan shroudto radiator, then move shroud backtoward engine. Disconnect upper andlower radiator hoses and remove capscrews securing radiator to support

frame, then lift radiator straight up outof frame assembly.

Install by reversing the removal pro-cedure. Refill with a 50/50 mixture ofwater and ethylene glycol antifreeze.

THERMOSTAT

All Models

131. The therm ostat is located in thewater out le t housing at tached tocylinder head. On MF255 model with

AD4.203 engine the th erm ostat shouldstart to open at 75°-78° C (167°-173° F)an d should be fully open at 92° C (198°F) . On all other m odels, the thermostatshould begin to open at 80°-84° C(177°-183° F) and be completely openat 98° C (208° F).

WATER PUMP

All Models

132. R R AND OVERHAUL. Ibremove water pump, first drain cooling

system and remove hood and sideguards. Remove alternator ac^ustingbrackets. Remove fan and fan belt.Disconnect hoses from water pump.Remove pump mou nting cap screws andwithdraw water pump assembly fromengine.

Refer to Fig. 140, 141 or 142 for an ex-ploded view of water pump and ther-mostat housing. Tb disassemble theremoved pump, remove nut (14), thenpull th e hu b and pulley (13) from shaft.Notice and identify any screws thatmust be installed in moun ting holes be-fore pulley is reinstalled. Remove im-

peller housing or plate (1), then pressshaft (4) and impeller (3) out towardrear of housing (6). Remove ceramic

MASSEY FERGUSON

counterface and seal (5). Remove snapring (12), then press bearings (10) andspacer (11) out front-of housing.Tb assemble, press one bearing (10) on-

to shaft (4) with shielded side of bear-ing toward rear Install spacer (11) thenpress other bearing (10) onto shaft withshielded side toward front. Pack both

bearings and the cavity between bear-ings k full of high tempe ratu re lithiumgrease. Position flange (9) on shaft with

Fig 140—Expioded view ofwater pump and thermostatused on MF255 tractorsequipped wit AD4 203 diesel

enginePlate

2. Gasket3. Impeller4. Shaft5. Seal

BC. Ceramic counterface6. Shaft housing7. Seal housing8. Felt seal9. Retainer

10. Bearings11. Spacer12. Snap ring13. Pulley hub14. Nut15.Thermostat

Fig 141—Expioded view oftypicai water pump and ther

mostat used on tractorsequipped with A4 236 and

A4 246 diesel engines1. Impeller housing2. Gasket3. Impeller4. Shaft6. Seal

5C. Ceramic counterface6. Shaft housing7. Seal retainer8. Felt seal9. Flange

10. Bearings11. Spacer12. Snap ring13. Pulley hu b14. Nu t15. Thermostat

46



SHOP MANUAL

cupp ed side toward bearings 10), the nposition felt seal 8) and retainer 7) onshaft against flange. Press shaft, bear-ings, flange and felt seal assembly intohousing 6) from t he front u ntil it bot-toms. Install sna p ring 12).

Make sure tha t cap screws that will becovered by pulley and hub a re placed in-

to holes in pump h ousing before install-ing pulley. Supp ort rear of shaft 4),install key in shaft, then press hub and

pulley 13) onto shaft until bot tomed.Install washer an d retaining nut andtighten to 75 N-m 55 ft.-lbs.) torqu e.

Coat brass portion of rear seal 5)lightly w ith sealing compound and pushit fully in place with ca rbon face towardrear. Install ceramic counterface 5C)with grooved side out toward impeller.

Check shaft for freedom of rotation,then press impeller 3) onto rear of shaftuntil clearance C—Fig. 143) between


water pump and thermostathousing used on MF255 andMF265 gasoline tractors.Refer to Fig. 141 for legend.

Paragraphs 135 136

impeller vanes and face of housing is0.38-0.64 mm 0.015-0.025 inch) forMF255 models with AD4.203 dieselengine; 0.69-0.89 mm 0.027-0.035 inch)for all other models.

Use sealing compound on gasket andassemble impeller housing to shafthousing.

Tb reinstall pump, reverse the disas-sembly procedure.

Fig. 43—Measure clearance C) between Impellerand hou sing wh iie pressing impeller onto shaft.

Refer to text

IGNITION AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

DISTRIBUTOR

135. TIMING. Timing marks are as

static) timingld be 12° BTDC for AG4.212 eng ine

6 crankshaft

45—View of Indicator and degree m arks oncrankshaft pulley on gasoline engines.

MF255 models; 32 crankshaft degreesBTDC above 2100 rpm for MF265models. Timing should be checked withengine operating above maximum ad-v a n c e rpm. Turning d i s t r i b u t o rclockwise will advance timing. Firingorder is 1 3 4 2 and distributor shaftrotates counterclockwise as viewedfrom top. Advance mechanism begins tooperate at 900 crankshaft rpm forMF255; 500 crankshaft rpm for MF265models. Delco-Remy 1112458 distrib utoris used on MF255 models; Delco-Remy1112693 distributor is used on MF265models.

136. OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 146for an ex ploded view of the distributor.Centrifugal advance m echanism can bechecked for binding or broken springsby turning rotor 21) counterclockwise

and releasing after removing cap 23).Bushings are not available for housing 5); renew housing and/or shaft 8) ifclearance is excessive. Shims 3) areavailable in thicknesses of 0.13 mm 0.005 inch) and 0.25 mm 0.010 inch)

for adjusting shaft end play whichshould be 0.05-0.25 mm 0.002-0.010inch). Tfest specifications are as follows:

Delco Remy 1112458Breaker contact gap 0.56 mm

0.022 in.)

Breaker arm springtension measured atcenter of contac t . . . . . .5 .3-6 .4 N

19-23 oz.)Cam angle degrees) 31-34

Advance data is in distributor degreesand distributor rpm.

Start advance 0-1 at 450Maximum advance . . . . . 11-13 at 1000


0.022 in.)Breaker ar m spring

tension Measured atcenter of contact) 5.3 6.4


47



SHOP MANUAL

cupp ed side toward bearings 10), the nposition felt seal 8) and retainer 7) onshaft against flange. Press shaft, bear-ings, flange and felt seal assembly intohousing 6) from t he front u ntil it bot-toms. Install sna p ring 12).

Make sure tha t cap screws that will becovered by pulley and hub a re placed in-

to holes in pump h ousing before install-ing pulley. Supp ort rear of shaft 4),install key in shaft, then press hub and

pulley 13) onto shaft until bot tomed.Install washer an d retaining nut andtighten to 75 N-m 55 ft.-lbs.) torqu e.

Coat brass portion of rear seal 5)lightly w ith sealing compound and pushit fully in place with ca rbon face towardrear. Install ceramic counterface 5C)with grooved side out toward impeller.

Check shaft for freedom of rotation,then press impeller 3) onto rear of shaftuntil clearance C—Fig. 143) between


water pump and thermostathousing used on MF255 andMF265 gasoline tractors.Refer to Fig. 141 for legend.

Paragraphs 135 136

impeller vanes and face of housing is0.38-0.64 mm 0.015-0.025 inch) forMF255 models with AD4.203 dieselengine; 0.69-0.89 mm 0.027-0.035 inch)for all other models.

Use sealing compound on gasket andassemble impeller housing to shafthousing.

Tb reinstall pump, reverse the disas-sembly procedure.

Fig. 43—Measure clearance C) between Impellerand hou sing wh iie pressing impeller onto shaft.

Refer to text

IGNITION AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

DISTRIBUTOR

135. TIMING. Timing marks are as

static) timingld be 12° BTDC for AG4.212 eng ine

6 crankshaft

45—View of Indicator and degree m arks oncrankshaft pulley on gasoline engines.

MF255 models; 32 crankshaft degreesBTDC above 2100 rpm for MF265models. Timing should be checked withengine operating above maximum ad-v a n c e rpm. Turning d i s t r i b u t o rclockwise will advance timing. Firingorder is 1 3 4 2 and distributor shaftrotates counterclockwise as viewedfrom top. Advance mechanism begins tooperate at 900 crankshaft rpm forMF255; 500 crankshaft rpm for MF265models. Delco-Remy 1112458 distrib utoris used on MF255 models; Delco-Remy1112693 distributor is used on MF265models.

136. OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 146for an ex ploded view of the distributor.Centrifugal advance m echanism can bechecked for binding or broken springsby turning rotor 21) counterclockwise

and releasing after removing cap 23).Bushings are not available for housing 5); renew housing and/or shaft 8) ifclearance is excessive. Shims 3) areavailable in thicknesses of 0.13 mm 0.005 inch) and 0.25 mm 0.010 inch)

for adjusting shaft end play whichshould be 0.05-0.25 mm 0.002-0.010inch). Tfest specifications are as follows:


0.022 in.)

Breaker arm springtension measured atcenter of contac t . . . . . .5 .3-6 .4 N


Advance data is in distributor degreesand distributor rpm.

Start advance 0-1 at 450Maximum advance . . . . . 11-13 at 1000


0.022 in.)Breaker ar m spring

tension Measured atcenter of contact) 5.3 6.4


47



SHOP M NU L

N u m b e r n d R a t e d O u t p u t

Fig. 148—View of rear ofDeico-Remy aiternator showing location of test hole and

terminals.

rotor for grounded, shorted or open cir-cuits using an ohmmeter as follows:

Refer to Fig. 150 and touch the ohm-meter probes to points (1-2) and (1-3);a reading nea r zero will indicate a sh ort

circuit to ground. Tbuch ohm me ter pro-e s to th e slip rings (2-3); reading shoulde 5.3 5.9 ohms. A higher reading willndicate an open circuit and a lowereading will indicate an internal short.f windings are satisfactory, mount rotorn a lathe and che ck ru nou t at slip ringssing a dial indicator Runout should notxceed 0.05 mm (0.002 inch). Slip ring

ex- or if surfaces a re scored . Finish

ner polishing cloth un - are

Before removing stator, brushes or refer to Fig. 151 and che ck

view of Deico Remy aiternator on some modeis. Scribe alignment marks M)

on end frame prior to disassembiy. Pulley nut Washer

Spacer (outsidedrive end)

D rive end frame Grease slinger

Spacer (inside driveend)

9. Bridge rectifier1 0 . Diode trio1 1 . Capacitor1 2. Stator1 3 . Rotor14 . Brush holder1 5 . Solid state regulator16 . Slip ring end frame1 7 . Bearing seal assy.

for grounds between the two insulatedscrews and regulator ground screw withan ohmmeter, using the lowest rangescale. Then reverse the lead connec-tions. If both readings are th e same

when tester leads are reversed, th ebrushes may be grounded because ofdefective insulating washer and sleeveat the two screws. If the screw assemblyis not damaged or grounded, theregulator is defective.

T b test the diode trio, first remove thestator. Then remove the diode trio,noting the insulator positions. With an

Fig. 150—Removed rotor assembly showing test

points to be used when checking for grounds,shorts and opens.

Paragraph 139 Cont.)

ohmmeter, check between points A andD (Fig. 152) and the n reverse th e ohm -meter lead connections. If diode trio isgood it will give one high and one lowreading. If both readings are the same,the diode trio is defective. Repeat thistest at points B and D and at C and D.

The rectifier bridge (Fig. 153) has a

grounded hea t sink (A) and a n insulatedheat sink (E) that is connected to theoutput terminal. Connect ohmmeter tothe grounded heat sink (A) and to theflat metal strip (B). Then reverse theohmmeter lead connections. If bothreadings are the same, the rectifierbridge is defective. R epeat this test be-tween A and C A and D B and E, C an dE, and D an d E . Capacitor (11-Fig. 149)connects to the rectifier bridge and

Fig. 152—Diode trio test points. Refer to text.

Fig. 153—Bridge rectifier test points. Refer to text.

Fig. 151—View of s p ring endframe and related com-

ponents.

49



Paragraphs 140-141

grounds to end frame, and protects thediodes from voltage surges.

Test the stator windings for ground-ed or open circuits as follows: Conn ectohmmeter leads successively betweeneach pair of leads. A high reading willindicate an open circuit. The threestator leads have a common connection

in the center of the windings. Conn ectohmmeter leads between each statorlead and stator frame. A very lowreading would indicate a grounded cir-cuit. A sho rt circuit w ithin the statorwindings cannot be readily determinedby test becau se of th e low resistance ofthe windings.

Brushes and springs are available on-ly as an assembly which includes b rushholder (14—Fig. 149). If brushes arereused , m ake sure all grease is removedfrom surface of brushes before unit isreassembled. When reassembling, first

install regulator and then brush holder,springs and brushes. Push brushes upagainst spring pressure and insert ashort piece of straight wire through holein brush ho lder and through end frameto outside. Be sure th at the two screwsat points A and B (Fig. 151) have in-sulating washers and sleeves.

NOTE: ground at these points wiii cause

no output or controlied output.

Remove and inspect ball bearing

(6—Fig. 149). If

bea ring is in satisfactorycond ition, fill bearing VA full with Delco-Remy lubr i cant No. 1948791 andreinstall. Inspect needle bearing (17) inslip ring end frame. This bearing shouldbe renewed if its lubric ant supply is ex-hausted; no at tempt should be made torelubricate and reuse the bearing. Pressold bearing ou t toward inside and pressnew bearing in from outside until flushwith outside of end frame. Saturate feltseal with SAE 20 oil and install seal.

Reassemble alternator by reversingthe disassembly procedure. Be sure in-

sulators are installed at points shown inFig. 151. Remove w ire re taining the-brushes after end frames are boltedtogether. Tighten pulley retaining nut toa torque of 68 N*m (50 ft.-lbs.).

All Models With LucasAlternator

140 TESTING Tb check al ternatorwiring harness continuity, disconnectwiring connections from alternator andturn start switch to auxiliary position.Connect a voltmeter between ground

and each of the disconnec ted leads. Bat-tery voltage should be present at theal ternator -H (battery) lead and IND (warning l ight) lead. A zeroreading indicates an open circuit in wir-ing or faulty w arning light bulb. Check

continuity of alternator ground leadwith an ohmmeter.

If voltage is present at and IND leads, but warning light fails tocome on when leads are reconnected toalternator, a faulty regu lator and/or field(rotor) winding is indicated.

Tb check al ternator output, first

d i sconnec t ba t t e r y g r ound cable .Disconnect wiring from alternator,remove cover from rear of alternator,then reconnect wiring leads. Connect anammeter between starter solenoid ter-minal and alternator terminal (Fig. 154).Connect a voltmeter between outputterminal and ground. Connect a carbonpile across batte ry term inals. Reconnectbattery ground cable and start engine.Operate engine at 2000 rpm, turn onheadlights and adjust ca rbon pile as re-quired to obtain full current output .Ammeter reading should be approx-

Alternator

Fig. 154— Connect ammeterand voltmeter to ch rging circuit s shown to check outputof Lucas alternator. Refer to

text

MASSEY-FERGUSON

imately 34 am peres. Adjust carbon pileso ammeter reading is less than 10amperes. Voltage reading should bewithin range of 13.6-14.4 volts.

If output is low, use a jum per lead toshort together th e * T and - connec-tions (Fig. 154) on alternator. If outputis now within specified range, a faulty

regulator and/or field winding is in-dicated. If output is still low, fault iselsewhere in alternator. Disassembleand che ck as outlined in paragraph 141.

141 OVERHAUL Tb disassemblealternator, first remove rear cover(17—Fig. 155). Disconnect and removesurge protection diode (15), regulator(16) and brush holde r (13) with brushes(12). Note that these parts can beremoved without removing the alter-nator from the engine. Any furtherdisassembly will require removal of

alternator.

Starter

Solenoid

Carbon

Pile

I I

Ffg. 155—Exploded view of Lucas alternator assembly used on some m odels.

1 Pulley2. Fan3. Drive end frame4. Felt seal & retainer

assy.

5> Bearing6. Retaining ring &

plate7. Rotor8. Bearing

9 Slip rings10. Stator11 . Slip ring end frame12. Brushes & springs13. Brush holder

14. Rectifier15. Surge protection

diode16. Regulator17. I^ear cover

50




Scribe m atch mark s on slip ring hous-ing (11), stator frame (10) and d rive endframe (3) to ensure correct alignmentfor reassembly. Unsolder stator wiresfrom rectifier (14), then remove rectifierfrom housing. Remove retaining boltsand withdraw housing and stator fromend frame.

Remove pulley and fan from rotorshaft, th en pre ss rotor assembly (7) outof front bearing (5) and end frame (3).Remove snap ring and re tainer plate (6),

earing (5) and felt seal and retainerassembly (4) from end frame. b removeear bearing (8), the slip ring (9) conn ec-ions must first be unsoldered and theings removed from sha ft. U se a suitableuller to remove the bearing.Inspect brush es an d roto r slip rings forear and renew if necessary. Brush

length when new is 20 mm (0.787 inch).Renew brushes if length is less than 10

m (0.394 inch). Brush spring tensionhould be 1.3 2.7 N (4.7-9.8 ounces).Connect ohmmeter leads between th e

check field win- resistance. Ohmmeter should

2 ohm s. Check for con tinuity

is indicated , field winding is

Check directional continuity of rec- a battery powered 12

lead to rectifier plate, then reverse

f there is no contin uity in eith er direc-

Test stator windings for grounded or

ire. A low reading would in-

ively b etwe en each

Reassemble alternator by reversing

pulley re - nu t to 38 N-m (28 ft.-lbs.) torqu e.

142 TESTING Tb check alternator

D + terminal of al ternator and

and observe voltmeter reading.tage should be w ithin ra nge of 13 to

If voltmeter reading exceeds 15.5 voltage regulator is faulty. If

voltmeter reading is less than 13 volts,insert a pin into small hole near thecenter of alternator rear housing toground the *T terminal. If voltage isnow within range of 13 to 15 volts,regulator is faulty. If voltage remainsbelow 13 volts, disassemble al ternatorand check field winding, diodes and

stator as outlined in paragraph 143.

143 OVERHAUL Prior to disassem-bly, scribe matching marks across endframe (4—Fig. 157) and rea r housing (14)to ens ure cor rec t a l ignm ent forreassembly. Remove four through-bolts,then separate end frame with rotorfrom rear housing and stator. Hold rotorin a vise, the n remove pulley nut, pulley(1), fan (2) and spacer (3) from rotorshaft. Separate rotor from end frame.Remove front bearing (5) from endframe and rear bea ring (8) from rotor if

necessary.Remove five nuts attaching brush

holder/diode/stator assembly to rearhousing. Unsolder stator wires fromdiodes. Drill out r ivet between brushholder (12) and diode rectifier (11). Un-solder brush box and regulator from rec-tifier Unsolder the regulator to brushholder terminals and separate regulatorfrom brush holder.

Renew brush holder assembly if brush fre e length from end of holder is lessthan 2 mm (0.080 inch). This minimumallowable length is marked on the

brushes by a groove on one side of eachbrush.

Current flows in one direction only ineach of the six diodes. Check each diodefor directional continuity using a bat-tery powered 12 volt test lamp or anohmmeter Connect tester leads topositive and negative side of diode, thenreverse tester lead connections. Tbstlamp should light or ohmmeter should

indicate continuity in one direction on-ly. If continuity is indicated in bothdirections or if the re is no continuity ineither direction, diode is defective andrectifier assembly must be renewed.

Check ro tor field w inding for open cir-cuit by connecting test lamp or ohm-meter leads to each of th e rotor sliprings. If no continu ity is indicate d, rotoris faulty and must be renewed. Checkfor continuity between the slip ringsand rotor shaft. If continuity is in-dicated, w inding is grounded and rotormust be renewed.

Check for continuity between each ofthe stator coil leads. Renew stator if anopen circuit is indicated. Check for con-tinuity between each of the stator coilleads and the stator frame. If continui-ty is indicated, winding is grounded andstator must be renewed.

Tb reassem ble alternator, reve rse th edisassembly proced ure while noting thefollowing speciai instructions: Tightenbrush holder/diode assembly retainingnuts to 3.1-3.9 N-m (28-34 in.-lbs.)torque. Tighten pulley retaining nut to44-59 N-m (33-43 ft.-lbs.) torque. Push

brushes up into holder nnd insert a pinthrough hole in center of rear cover to

Fig 157—Exp loded view of Perkins alternator used on some models1. Pulley2. Fa n 6. Retainer plate 10. Diode terminal3. Spacer 7. Rotor 11 . Diode rectifier 13. Regulator4. Drive end frame 8. Bearing 12. Brushes holder 14. Slip ring end frame

5. Bearing 0. Stator u ^ . 15. Lock clip

51



Paragraphs 144-145

hold brushes in this position. Remove

brush retaining pin after rotor is in-

stalled. Tighten the through-bolts to a

torque of 3.1-3.9 N-m (28-34 in.-lbs.).

STARTING MOTORS

Early tractor models were equipped

with Delco-Remy starting motors, whilelater production tractors use Lucas or

Perkins (Hitachi) starting motors.

All Models with Delco-RemyStarter

144. Several different models of

Delco-Remy starting motors have been

used. Be sure to note Delco-Remy model

number stamped on starter name plate

when servicing Delco-Remy starting

motor. Refer to the following spec-

ifications:

Solenoid Current Consumption:

Pull-in Winding-

Amps 26-29

Volts 5

Hold-in Winding-

Amps 18-20

Volts 10

Refer to Fig. 159 for exploded view oftypical Delco-Remy starting motor.

Starter drive pinion clearance is not ad-

justable; however, some clearance must

be maintained between end of pinion

and starter drive frame to assure solid

contact of the magnetic switch. Normal

pinion clearance should be within thelimits of 0.25-3.56 mm (0.010-0.140

inch). Connect a 6 volt battery tosolenoid terminals to actuate solenoid

but keep armature from turning when

measuring pinion clearance.

MASSEY-FERGUSON

All Models With Lucas Starter

145. A Lucas starting motor is used on

some tractors. Connect voltmeter and

ammeter to starting motor as shown in

Fig. 158 to perform no-load test.

Specifications are as follows:

Lucas Model No. M113No-Load Test-

Volts 11Amperes (max.) 100Rpm 5000-7500

Lucas Model No. M127

No-Load Test—

Volts 11Amperes (min.) 115Rpm 5500-8000

AnmeterVoltmeter

D-R Model No. 1108396 ,No-Load Test:

Volts 9Amperes (w/solenoid) 50-80

Rpm 5500-10500 p,^, 158 Connect a voltSolenoid C u r r e n t C o n s u m p t io n : meter nd ammeter to star

Pull-in Winding-

Amps 13-15.5

Volts 5Hold-in Winding-

Amps 14.5-16.5 ; >Volts 10 :-:'.

D-R Model No. 1107870 & 1107872

No - Lo a d Tes t :Volts ; . . - . . . 9A m p e r e s ( w / s o l e n o id ) 5 0 -8 0 ..R pm 5 5 0 0 - 9 0 0 0 '

S o l e n o i d C u r r e n t C o n s u m p t i o n : ^ ^P u l l - i n W i n d i n g -

Am p s 1 3 - 1 5 . 5

T T X ^ ^ ^ ̂ ' ;.• * *• FfS- 159—E xploded view of

Hold-m Winding- ^^p^^a, Delco Remy starting

Amps 14.5-16.5 motor used on som tractors.V o l t s 10 Items 12, 1 3 and 14 are not

used on some models.I. Bushing

D-R Model No. 1109253 1109257 | gi ivren*h''ou1ing

No Load Tes t : 4. shift lever, r | . Q 5. Plunger

V o l t s y 6. Spring

Amperes (w/solenoid 2 0 1 2 0 » 7. solenoid switch

Rpm 9000-14000 «; ^^nTSolenoid Current Consumption: lo Pinion stop couar

^ , , . YTr- • 11. Pinion driv e assy.Pul l in Winding— 12. Fiber washer

AmDS 13 15 .5 13 center bearing plate ^t; \} ̂ ̂ 14. BushingV o l t s O 15. Arm ature

H o l d i n W i n d i n g — ^^ dashernu iu in wuiu uig , ^ ^ , ^ ^ 17. Field coil

Amps 14.5-16.5 is . Pole shoe

XT 1̂ 10 19. Field frame^^^^^ . • . . AU 20. Brushes2 1. Brush spring

22. Bushing ' \

D R M o d e l s No. 1 1 1 3 6 50 23 End coverNo-Load Tfest:

Volts . . . . 9Amperes (w/solenoid) . 75-105

Rpm 5000-7000

Tachometer

11

1 ^

1

—̂

t j E Ml —

Cranking

Hotor

52




Refer to Fig. 160 for explod ed view oftypical Lucas starting motor. Brushspring tension should be between 11.6-15.5 N (42-55 ounces). Renew brushesif length is less tha n 8 mm (5/16 inch).When renewing arma ture bushings, newbushings should be soaked in engine oilfor 24 hours prior to installation.

Tighten the two through-bolts to atorque of 11 N-m (8 ft.4bs.).Starter drive pinion end clearance is

adjustable. Connect a 6 volt battery toblade terminal on solenoid to hold pin-ion in engaged position. While pushingpinion l ightly toward armature toremove any free play in l inkage,measure clearance between end of pin-ion (13) and the thru st collar (14). T\irneccen tric pin (16) as required to ob tainrecommended clearance of 0.13-0.38mm (0.005-0.015 inch).Tighten lockn utto secure the pin.

All Models With PerkinsStarter

46 A Perkins starting motor is usedon some models. Connect vo ltmeter a ndamm eter to start ing motor as shown inFig. 158 to perform no-load test.Specifications are as follows:

No-Load Test-Volts 12Am peres (max.) 120Rpm 4000-7500

Refer to Fig. 6 for an exploded viewof typical Perkins starting motor. Ar-mature com mutator m inimum allowablediameter is 40 mm (1.575 inches). Max-mum allowable run out for arm ature is

of insula-

be 0.20-0.80 mm. (0.008-0.031nimum allowable brus h len gth

Armature end p lay should be(0.002-0.012 inc h). If end

Starter drive pinion end clearance is 6 volt battery to

d S term inal to hold pinion in

clearance. Pus h pinion lightly toward ar-mature to remove free play in linkage,then measure clearance between face ofpinion gear and the pinion stop (19).

Fig 160—E xploded view of uc s starting motor used onsome tractors

1. Solenoid assy.2. Plunger3. Seal4. Shift lever5. End cover6. Brushes7. Brush plate assy.8. Bushing9. Brake assy.

10. Brushes11. Field frame12. Armature13. Drive pinion assy.14. Thrust collar15. Snap ring16. Eccentric pin17. Bushing18. Drive end frame

Recommended clearance is 0.3-1.5 mm(0.012-0.060 inch). Add or remove spacewashers (2) as required to obtain desiredclearance.

Fig 161—Exp loded view ofPerkins starting motor used

on som e tractors1. Solenoid

2. Spacer washers3. Plunger4. Pivot pin5. Shift lever6. Dust seal7. Brush8. Field coil9. Field housing

10. Drive end frame11. Bushing12. End cover13. Brush holder assy.14. Brush & spring15. Washers16. Armature17. Center plate18. Drive pinion assy.19. Pinion stop collar20 . Snap ring

12

7 20

ENGINE CLUTCH

Tractors may be equipped with a

stage clutch

it torque clutch w ith indep en-

ADJUSTMENT

All Models 47 Clutch p edal free play, measured

between c lu tch r e l ease arm andtransmission housing as shown at (F—Fig. 165) should be 4 mm (5/32 inch). Tb

adjust, loosen release arm clamp bolt (1),

insert a punch through hole in end ofrelease shaft (2) and rotate shaftclockwise until throwout bearing justcon tacts clutch fingers. Move pedal un-til clearance (F) is correct, then t ightenclamp bolt.

53




Fig. 165—view of clutch release linkage. Free play(F), measured between release arm (3) andtransmission housing should be 4 mm (5/32 Inch).Free play Is adjusted by changing the Installed

position of reieased arm on cross shaft (2).

TRACTOR FRONT SPLITAll Models

1 4 8 To s e p a r a t e e n g i n e fromtransmission, remove instrumen t panelcovers, grille an d hood. Disconnect bat-tery cables and wiring to rear lights.Remove the starter motor. Remove capscrews attaching steering column lowersuppo rt to transmission housing. Discon-nect Multi-Power shift linkage (if equip-ped ) , o il cooler l ines at top oftmnsmission, exhaust pipe (low exhaust

models only) and foot throttle linkage(if equipped).Install wedge blocks between front

axle and axle support to prevent t ip-ping. Remove front mounted weights ifso equipped. Suppor t engine andtransmission separately with suitablesplitting stands. Remove cap screws at-taching engine to transmission, thencarefully move engine and front endassembly forward from transmissionhousing.

Install a guide stud in each side oftransmission housing to assist in align-

ment when rejoining tractor. Be surethat engine and transmission flangesmeet before t ightening attaching capscrews. DO NOT use the cap screws toforce the t wo units together. Tighten at-taching cap screws to 75 N*m 55 ft.-lbs.)torque.

DUAL CLUTCH UNIT


1 4 9 REMOVE AND REINSTALL Tbremove clutch assembly, first separateengine from transmission as outlined inparagraph 148. Punch mark the clutchcover (16—Fig. 168 or 169), pressureplate (14), drive plate (12), pressureplate (7) and engine flywheel prior toremoving clutch so components can be

reinstalled in their original positions ifreused. Install the three special '*Tbolts shown in Figs. 166 and 167 andtighten the forcing nuts to compressclutch springs. Remove the retaining ca pscrews and lift clutch assembly fromflywheel.

It is recommended that guide studs beused in flywheel when reinstall ingclutch. Position inner clutch disc (6—Fig. 168 or 169) with hub facing away

(ZZ

150 mm(6 in. )

Fig. 166—Special T boits can be made tofacilitate clutch removal repair and instaiiation. Across handie should be welded to a 75 mm (6 inch)piece of Vk lnch-20 threaded rod. A forcing nut andwasher are used to compress the dutch springs.

T BOLTSi

Fig. 167—Vlm¥ showing removal/instaiiation oftypical dual dutch. Air ring is not used on some

models.

from flywheel. On models so equ ipped,position spacer ring (5—Fig. 168) onflywheel. On all models, use a suitablepilot shaft (such as MFN753) throughhub s of clutch discs to align splines. In-stall clutch assembly aligning previous-ly made punch marks. Remove *T boltsand ac^ust clutch levers as outlined in

paragraph 151.

150 OVERHAUL Prior to disassem-bling clutch, punch mark clutch cover(16 -Fig . 168 or Fig. 169), press ure p late(14), drive plate (12) and p ressu re p late(7) so compon ents can be reassembledin their original positions if reused.

Tb disassemble clutch unit shown inFig. 168, unhook the three tensionsprings (22) from release levers (17).Loosen the forcing nuts on the three T ' * bo lts until it is possible to drive t heretaining pins (21), if so equipped, outof the release lever pivot pins (20). Donot attempt to drive the retaining pinscompletely out of clutch cover whileclutch is assembled as Belleville spring(15) may be damaged. Pins can beremoved from cover after clutch isdisassembled. On later style clutches, ahairpin type retainer clip is used to re-tain pivot pins (20). Remove releaselever pivot pins, the n loosen forcing n utson 'T bolts until clutch spring pressureis relieved. Remove T bolts a n d 'separate components of clutch.

Tb disassemble clutch unit shown inFig. 169, remove pivot pin retainer clips(21). Drive out release lever pivot pins(20) and remove lever torsion springs(22). Loosen forcing nuts on 'T*' boltsto relieve spring tension. Remove *'Tbol ts and separate components ofclutch.

On all models, examine all parts andrenew any which are excessively wornor damaged. Flywheel friction face maybe resurfaced up to a maximum depthof 1.0 mm (0.040 inch). Note tha t s ameamount of material must also be re-

moved from clutch mou nting surface onflywheel to maintain original distancebetween clutch mounting surface and

Fig. 168—Exploded view ofdual dutch assembly used onModels MF255, MF265 andMF270. A hairpin type retainerdip Is used In place of pin 21)on later style dutches to re-

tain pivot pins (20).1. Pin2. Cotter pin3. Link pin4. Link5. Spacer ring6. Transmission disc7. Pressure plate8. Locknut9. Insulating washer

10. Clutch spring11 . A(jyusting screw12. Drive plate13. Pto disc14. Pressure plate

2 2 21

9 8 17

15. Belleville spring16. Clutch cover17. Release lever18. Locknut

19. A(^usting screw20 . Pivot pin21 . Retainer pin22 . Torsion spring

54



SHOP MANUAL

c^o 15 14 13 8 7

Fig. 169—Expioded view ofduai clutch assembiy used onModels MF275 and MF290.Refer to Fig. 168 for iegend.

12 10 9

friction face of flywheel. Originaldistance between mounting surface andfriction surface is 43.63-43.75 mm(1.718-1.723 inches) on early style clutchused on Models MF255 and MF265, or

39.63- 39.75 m m (1.560-1.565 inches) onall other models.

CAUTION: It is not permissible to resur-

face drive plate 12) or either of the pressure

plates 7 and 14).

It is recomm ended tha t clutch springinsulating washers (9) be renewed whe nreassembling clutch. Tb reassembleclutch, reverse the disassembly pro-cedure making sure that assemblypunch marks are aligned. Insert Tbolts and tighten forcing nuts even ly tocompress clutch springs and hold clutchcomponents together.

Reinstall clutch on flywheel using asuitable pilot shaft to align clutch discsplines. Adjust clutch as outlined inparagraph 5 before rejoining engine totransmission.

151 ADJUSTMENT After the clutchssembly has been installed in flywheel,

are necessary for prop-

NOTE: A new transmission clutch disc 168 or Fig. 169) must be instaiied

ment with new disc instaiied, tiien remove

ciutchi and reinstall worn disc witiiout

changing the adjustment.

Tb adjust clu tch relea se levers to cor-rect height, use special tool MFN202Cfor early style clutch used in MF255 andMF265 models or special tool 6179 forall other models. Make sure that headof release lever adjusting screws justtouch the gage as shown in Fig. 171 orFig. 172.

Adjust pto pressure plate adjustingscrews to provide 2.0 mm (0.080 inch)clearance between head of screws anddrive plate lugs as shown in Fig. 173.

Rejoin trac tor as outlined in pa ragraph148 and adjust clu tch linkage as outlin-ed in paragraph 147.

Paragraphs 151-152

SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH

Models MF255 and MF265 WithEarly Style Clutch


Refer to paragraph 148 and separateengine from transmission. Punch mark

the clutch cover, pressure plate andflywheel so that original balance can bemaintained when reassembling. Loosenpressure plate retaining screws evenlyto prevent warpage.

Install clutch driven disc with sidemarked *'FLYWHEEL SIDE towardflywheel. The cen ter hub will be rivetedto rea r side of clutch d isc center. Use asuitable aligning tool (such as MFN753)to align driven disc and pto drive splinesin cover Align the previously affixedpunch marks and t ighten the retainingscrews evenly to a final torque 34- 52N-m (25-38 ft.-lbs.).

Use the 11 inch side of Massey-Ferguson tool MFN202D and adjustrelease lever height. Head of releaselever adjusting screw should just touchgage as shown in Fig. 174. |

NOTE: Release lever lieight shouid be set

with new ciutch disc instaiied, even if oid

disc is to be reinstalled.

Fig. 171—Use spedai tool MFN 202C to adjustdutch release levers to correct height on MF255

MF265 and MF270 dual clutch.

Fig. 173—Adjust pto pressure plate adjusting

screws to provide 2 .0 mm 0.080 inch dearancebetween head of screws and drive piate iugs.

170—View showing Installation o f pivot pin re-tainer dip on MF275 and MF290 dual dutch.

Fig. 172—Use spedai tool 6179 to adjust dutchreiease levers to correct height on MF275 an d

MF290 dual dutch.

Fig. 174— s side of speciai tool MFN 202D)marked 11 Inches to adjust release lever height onsplit torque dutch used In MF255 an d MF265

models.

55



Paragraphs 153 155

153 OVERHAUL b disassemble th eremoved pressure plate and cover unit ,place the assembly in a press as shownin Fig. 175 and apply only enoughpressure to relieve tension on pins.Remove pins (7-Fig. 176) and lift offcover

Inspect release levers and pins for

wear or damage and pressure plate forscoring, heat checks or wear at ac-tuating pin holes. Flywheel friction facemay be resurfaced up to a maximumdepth of 1.0 m m (0.040 in ch). An equalamount of material must be removedfrom clutch mount ing surface onflywheel to maintain original clutchmounting surface to friction surfacedimension of 35.48-35.99 mm (1.397-1.417 inches).


face the ciutch pressure plate friction face.

Assemble by reversing the disassem-bly procedure, making certain thatpreviously affixed marks on cover andpressure plate are aligned. Install pins|With head s leading in normal directionof rotation as shown in Fig. 175. Clutchlevers should be adjusted to equalheight after installation using a newclutch disc as outlined in paragraph 152.

Fig. 75—Use a press to disassem ble split torquedutch used on MF255 and MF265 models. B e sureunit s reassembled with head of pivot pin on

leading side as shown.

Fig. 76—Exploded view of MF255 and MF265 splittorque dutch assembly.

1. Release lever 7. Retaining pin2. AcUusting screw 8. Washer3. Torsion spring 9. Spring cu p4. Floating pin 10. Spring5. Cotter pin 11. Pressure plate6. Clutch cover 12. Clutch disc

All Models With Late StyleClutch^

1 5 4 REMOVE ND REINSTALL

Refer to paragraph 148 and separateengine from transmission. Punch markthe clutch cover, pressure plate andflywheel so that original balance can b e

maintained wh en reassembling. Installthe th ree special bolts shown in Fig. 166and tighten th e forcing nu ts to compressthe clutch springs. Remove the retain-ing cap screws and lift clutch assemblyfrom flywheel.

Use guide studs in flywheel and posi-tion disc (17—Fig. 177) with hub awayfrom flywheel. Use pilot tool such asMFN753 through pto drive hub (12),clutch disc (17) and into pilot bearing.Install clutch assembly with previouslyaffixed punch marks aligned. Tightenretaining screws to 27- 34 N-m (20-25 ft.-lbs.) torque, then remove T bolts.

Adjust release lever height usingspecial tool 6179. Head of lever ad-justing screws should just contact gage.Distance from inner lip of flywheel toto p of lever ac^usting screws should be82.55-83.31 mm (3.250-3.280 inches).

NOTE: Release iever height should be set

with a new clutch disc instaiied even if oid

disc is to be reinstailed.

MASSEY FERGUSON

155 OVERHAUL Be sure that coverplate (U-Fig. 177), pto drive hub (12)and pressure plate (16) are pun ch mark-ed for correct reassem bly beforedisassembling clutch. Clutch springsmust be compressed using *T bolts andforcing nuts or a press before releaselever pivot pins can be removed. Pry re-

tain er pins (2) out, the n drive pivot pins(3) from release levers (5). Removerelease lever torsion springs (4), thenrelieve clutch spring tension slowly a ndseparate components of clutch.

Inspect all parts thoroughly andrenew any which are damaged or worn.Renew clutch springs if distorted ordiscolored from heat. Renew insulatingwashers (15) when reassembling. Fric-tion face of flywheel m ay be resurfacedup to a maximum depth of 1.0 mm(0.040 inch). An equal amount ofmaterial must be removed from clutch

mounting surface on flywheel to main-tain original distance of 39.62-39.75 mm(1.560-1.565 inches) from clutch m ount-ing surface to friction surfac e.

CAUTiON: It is not permissibie to resur-

face pressure piate friction surface.

Tb reassemble clutch, reverse thedisassembly procedure.

Fig. 17 7—E xploded view of

typical split torque dutchused n MF270 MF275 and

MF290 models.1. Adjusting screw2. Retainer pin3. Pin4. Torsion spring5. Release lever6. Pin7. Cotter pin8. Fin9. Unk

11 . Cover plate12. Drive plate13. Bolt & nuts14. Spring15. Insulating washer16. Pressure plate17. Clutch disc

9 8 15 13

TRANSMISSION

All models may be equipped with

ei ther a gear change transmission hav-ing eight forward speeds and tworeverse speeds or a Multi-Powertransmission which has 12 speeds for-ward and four reverse speeds. TheMulti-Power transmission is a gear

change transmission with six forward

and two reverse speeds which is addi-tionally equipped with a hydraulicallyoperated high-low range unit .

Many of the service procedu res andsome of the par ts are similar for the8-speed and Multi-Pbwer transmissions.

56




Rfefer to the appropriate following para-graphs for service of both transmissions.

Main input shaft retainer, pto inputshaft and Multi-Power shift control

alve (if so equipped) can be servicedfter separating engine from transmis-ion as outlined in paragraph 148. High-ow plane tary u nit, shift rails and forks

ransmission housing from rear axle and

156. Transmission mainshaft gears and reverse idler gear

so be serviced after performing rea r split if desired. Transmission

TRACTOR REAR SPLIT

ll Modeis

156 Tb separate trac tor b etwee n

oil

s. Remove step pla tes from both sides tractor. Disconnect wiring to rear of

odels) or foot brak e

cross shaft

indep end ent pto or auxiliary

t cover as outlined in paragrap h 158

Install wedges between front axle and

at- differential

To rejoin trac tor, shift high/low

NOTE: Make certain that housings are

Check the clearance between reardrive shaft coupler tube and the lock-ing collar on differential drive pinionwith rear drive shaft pushed fully for-ward. Clearance should be 0.4-2.5 mm(0.015-0.100 inch). Ifnecessary, reposi-tion pin forward in coupler tube holesto reduce clearance or move pin rear-

ward to increase clearance.Tighten housing retaining bolts in a

clockwise direction (as viewed from rearof tractor) starting at top center bolt .Tighten bolts in two steps to a finaltorque of 1 5 N-m (75 ft.-lbs.). Completeinstallation by reversing the removalprocedure.

TRANSMISSION REMOVAL

AM Modeis

157 To r em ove t he com pl e t e

transmission unit from the tractor, firstdrain transmission and hydraulic systemfluid and separate engine from front oftransmission housing as outlined inparagraph 148. If equipped with Multi-Power transmission or independent pto,remove transmission top (shift) coverand disconnect hydraulic line insidetransmission housing. Disconnect th efoot brake rods (mechanical brakemodels) o r brake pipes (hydraulic brakemodels). Disconnect hand brake linkageand clutch pedal rod, then removepedals with l inkage and hand brake

lever with linkage.Block unde r the front of rear axle and

differential housing and und er drawbarto prevent tipping. Support transmissionhousing with a suitable floor jack orhoist. Remove bolts attach ing transmis-sion to differential housing, install guidestuds, then slide transmission assemblyforward from differential housing,

Tb reinstall transmission, first shifthigh/low planetary into low range andmain transmission into third ge ar Posi-tion rear drive shaft into planetary unitcoupler Remove hitch response controlcover from right side of differentialhousing or remove pto control levercover from left side of housing so align-ment of rear drive shaft coupling andpto lower drive shaft can be observed.Place a new gasket on guide studs, thencarefully join transmission to differen-tial housing.

NOTE: Make certain that housings are

completely together before retaining nuts

and boits are tightened.

Push the rear drive shaft and couplerforward until spring in front of driveshaft is fully compressed then measurethe distance between rear of couplertube and front of locking collar on dif-ferential drive pinion. Clearance should

be 0.4-2.5 mm (0.015-0.100 inch). Ifclearan ce is too large, reposition pin inholes in coupler tub e closer to the front.Move pin rearward if clearance is toosmall.

Tighten retaining bolts in a clockwisedirection (as viewed from rear of trac-tor) starting at top center bolt. Tighten

bolts in two s teps to a final torq ue of 105N'm (75 ft.-lbs.). Rejoin transmission toengine and complete installation byreversing removal procedure.

TRANSMISSION TOP COVER

All Models

1 5 8 REMOVE AN D R EINSTALL Tbremove transmission top (shift) cover,first remove instrument console lowerpanels. Shift transmission to neutral,then remove gear shift lever retaining

pins (4—Fig. 180) and lift shift leversfrom cover Remove cap screws at-taching steering support and instrumen tconsole to shift cover. Remove capscrews securing shift cover to transmis-sion housing. Work the shift cover frombeneath console being careful not todrop detent springs into transmissionhousing.

Install top (shift) cover in reverse ofremoval procedure. Be sure that shiftlevers properly engage shift forks.

Fig 18 —Expioded view of transmission to p coverand shift levers typicai of all models

1. Gearshift lever2. High/Low shift lever 6. Spring3. 0 ring 7. Oil filler plug4. Pins (2) 8. Spring5. Boot 9. Seat

57




EIGHT SPEED TRANSIVIiSSiON

SHIFTER RAILS AND FORKS

Aii Models So Equipped

159. Tb remove the shifter rails andforks, first remove transmission to pcover as outlined in paragraph 158 andsplit tractor between transmission anddifferential housings as outlined inparagraph 156. Unwire and remove setscrews retaining shift forks and selec-tors to rails. Lift de ten t springs (Fig. 181)an d plungers from housing. Remove stopplate assembly (14—Fig. 182), thenwithdraw shifter rails rearward an d lift

Fig. 8 —View showing shift rails, forks, detentsprings and plungers for 8-speed transmission.Set scmws S) should be safety wired after

assembly.

12

Fig. 82—Exploded view of 8-speed transmission

shifter rails, forks and associated parts.1. Detent spring &

plunger2. Second/high rail3 . Low/reverse rail4. Shift forks7. Selector8. Planetary shift fork9. Planetary shift rail

10. Fourth gear selector11 . Fourth gear shift

fork12. Fourth gear shift

rail13 . Interlock balls & pin14. Stop plate assy.

out forks and selectors. Identify shiftrails and forks as they are removed toensure correct reassembly.

When assembling rails in transmis-

sion, slide center shift rail into case a ndthrough the selector and shift fork.Tighten selector set screw and installsafety wire. Rotate rail until shift forkset screw can be tightened fully, theninstall safety wire. Install the left shiftrail and fork, then right shift rail andfork into respective bores, t ighten setscrews and safety wire. Slide theplanetary shift rail through rea r of caseand loc ate fork over end with set screwto the outside. Slide rail forward intocase and into selector. Tighten setscrews and install safety wire. Be sure

that interlocking pin is through thecenter rail and that all rails are in"NEUTRAL." Install steel balls in lockmechanism and locate at rear of case.The steel balls should be at both endsof the center rail interlock pin and t\ ^widest flat of lockplate should be overplanetary rail. Tighten screws a ttachingthe interlock mechanism to 41-47 N*m(30-35 ft.-lbs.) torque. Locate theplanetary coupler around shift fork,then slide coupler into planetary unitwhile piloting shift fork over the rail.Tighten and safety wire the set screws.

PLANETARY UNIT


1 6 0 . R R AND OVERHAUL. Tbr emove the p lanetary uni t , f i r s tseparate transmission from differentialhousing as outlined in paragraph 156.Remove shift fork and coup ler from rearof planetary. Remove the four retainin gcap screws and withdraw rear cover

(13—Fig. 183 or Fig, 184), rear thrustring (6) and planet carrier (7). Pryplanetary ring gear 3) with dow els fromrear of housing. Remove planetary frontcover (2) and shim (1).Tb disassemble planet carrier (7), first

remove snap ring (5) if used. Pressplanet pins (8) forward out of carrier.Remove planet gears (10) with needlerollers (12) and thrust washers (9),

When reassembling, be sure to ac-count for all of the needle rollers (12),On Model MF255, the re a re two rows of27 rollers each separated by three

spacer washers (11—Fig. 184), On allother models, there are two rows of 16rollers each separated by one spacerwa she r (11—Fig, 183). Use petroleum je l-ly to hold rollers in place while press-ing planet pins into carrier Gap in snap

ring (5) should be located betweenplanet pins.

When reinstalling planetary, be surethat front plate (1-Fig . 183 or Fig. 184)

and rear plate (13) are positioned withgrooved side toward pinion carrier. Besure tha t slots in front plate and shim(1) are aligned and are toward the topwhen installed on transmission. Usepetroleum jelly to hold thrust rings (6)in place. Make certain tha t tangs ofthrust rings engage notches in pinioncarrier and that brass side faces awayfrom carrier. The cutaway section orslanted section of rear plate (Fig. 185)should b e positioned at lower left-handcorner of planetary, and no lockwasher

Fig. 183—Expioded view of high/iow rangeplanetary unit used on all modeis except MF255.

See Fig. 184 for MF255 models.1. Front shim 8. Pinion shaft2. Front plate 9- Side washer3. Ring gear 10. Pinion4 Dowel 11- Spacer washer5 Snap ring 12. Needle rollers6. Thrust washer 13- Rear plate7. PUne t carrier 14. Shift coupler

Fig, 184—Exploded view of high/iow rangeplanetary unit used on MF255 models. Refer to

Fig. 183 for iegend.

58




Fig. 185—The cutaway sianted) section of rear piate

shouid be over the lower ieftmounting screw.

CutawayPortion ofRear Plate

NoTockwasheriOn This Bolt

used on lower left-hand mount- even-

to a torque of 47 N-m (35 ft.-lbs.). by reversing the

procedure,

PTO INPUT SHAFT ANDRETAINER HOUSING

1 6 1 . Tb remove the pto input shaft—Fig. 186) and re taine r, first split trac-r between engine and transmission as

valve (if so equipped) .

Tb disassemble, remove snap ringig, 187) from rea r of retain er, th en

bearingard from housing. Remove oil seals

Both oil seals should be installed with seal (9)

ut sha ft. S pecial tools (MFN850d MFN850A) are recommen ded for in-

seal to correct

pto input shaft 8) and retainer housing 3) asunit hmsmission Input shaft 11) Is removed

regulator valve P) Is not used on all models.

dep th in retaine r housing. When install-ing new bearing (5) on input shaft, besure shielded side of bearing faces thegear t ee th .

Lubricate seals and bearings prior toreassembly. Seal protectors should beused when sliding input shaft into re-tainer and w hen installing pto shaft andretainer assembly over transmission in-put shaft. Lightly coat threads of re-tainer cap screws with ndnhardeningsealant, then tighten to 60 N*m (45 ft.-

lbs,) torque. Remainder of installation isreverse of removal procedure,

TRANSMISSION INPUT SHAFT


162 . Tb remove transmission inputshaft (11—Fig. 187), transmission mustfirst be removed from tractor as out-lined in paragraph 157. Remove shiftrails and forks as outlined in paragraph159 and remove pto input shaft as out-

5152

51

5

Fig. 187—E xploded view of 8-speed transmission shafts, gears and related components. il seal

BearingRetainer housingSnap ringBearingSnap ring

O ringPto input shaftOil sealThrust washerTransmission inputshaftSpacerGear (4th)

14. Snap ring15. Bearing16 . Snap ring17. Spacer18. Bearing19. Mainshaft

20 . Gear (1st rev.)21 . Gear cluster (2nd &

3rd)22 . Bearing23 . Snap rings25 . Snap ring26 . Bearing27 . Second gear (23T)

28 . Third gear (33T)29 . Snap ring30 . Bearing31 . Countershaft32 . Bearing33 . Fourth gear (36T)

34 . Constant m^ih gear35 . Snap ring36 . Cover plate37 . O r ing38 . Snap ring39 . Spacer40 . Snap ring41 . Bearing

42 . Retainer43 . Gasket44 . Snap ring45 . Pto drive gear46 . Pto lower drive

shaft

50 . Thrust washers51 . Washers52 . Spacer53 . Needle rollers54 . Reverse idler gear56 . Spacer57 . Idler shaft58 . Retaining clip

59




shaft as shown in Fig. 193 until rearsnap ring can be installed. Install snapring at front of shaft. Co mplete installa-tion by reversing the removal proce dure.

REVERSE IDLER ASSEMBLY

Aii Models So Equipped

6 6 The reverse idler shaft 57—Fig.187) and ge ar 54) can be remov ed from

transmission housing after removing thetransmission mainshaft as outlined inparagraph 163.

The idler shaft is retained in housingbore by a clip 58) and cap screw. Theidler gear contains tw o rows of looseneedle rollers 28 rollers each row)which use the shaft and gear as inner

and outer races. Removal and installa-tion is facilitated by using a dummysha ft 1—Fig. 194) to retain rollers in

Fig. 193—Block front ofcountershaft as shown w heninstaiiing rear bearing ontoshaft. Use a suitable driver

that w ill contact inner race o fbearing oniy

gear. The dummy sha ft should b e 55 mm 2-3/16 inches) long by 25 mm 1 inch)diameter. Push the dummy shaft intofront of idler gear, displacing idler shafttoward the rear. Lift out gear, washersand spacer along with dummy shaft andneedle rollers as a unit.

Tb reinstall, reverse th e rem oval pro-

cedure.

Fig. 194—U se a dumm y shaft 1) to hold needleroiiers, washers 2), spacer 3) and idler gear 5)In place as Idler shaft 4) Is removed an d Installed

MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION

SHIFTERS RAILS AND FORKSAii Models So Equipped

6 7 Tb remove th e shifter rails andforks, first remove transmission topcover as outlined in paragraph 158 andsplit tractor between transmission anddifferential housings as outlined inparagraph 156. Unwire and remove theset screws retaining selector and shifterforks to rails. Remove dete nt springs andplungers 1—Fig. 195) from front of rails.Remove shift rail stop plate and in-

terlock ass emb ly Fig. 196) from rear ofhousing, then withdraw shifter rails andforks from transmission housing. Iden-tify shift rails and forks as they areremoved to ensure correct reassembly.

When installing shift rails 2 an d3—Fig. 195) be sure that milled flat sur-faces are to the rear and facing up andthat interlock grooves in rear of railsface each other. Place shift rails inneutral and install interlock and stopplate assembly on rear of housing. Com-plete installation making sure all setscrews are safety wired to prevent

loosening.

PLANETARY UNITAii Models So Equipped

6 8 R R AND OVERHAUL. Tbr emove the planetary uni t , f i r stseparate transmission from differentialhousing as outlined in paragraph 156,Remove shift fork F i g . 199) and couplerfrom rear of planetary. Remove the fourretaining cap screws and w ithdraw rearcover 13-Fig. 197 or Fig. 198), rearthrust ring 6) and planet carrier 7 ) . Pryplanetary ring gear 3 ) with dowels fromrear of housing. Remove front plate 2)

and shim 1).

195—Exploded view of shift raiis, forks andulti-Power models.

Shift detents. Second/third rail. First/reverse rail. Shift forks. Stop plate

6. Interlock pin7 . Selector8. Planetary shift fork9. Planetary shift rail

Fig. 96—Assembled view ofshift rails and forks.

S h i f t R a i lI n t e r l o c k s s e m b l y

C o u p l e r

P l a n e t a r y

S h i f t F o r k



Paragraph 169

To disassemble planet carrier, firstremove snap ring 5 ) , if use d, from car-rier. Press plan et pins 8) forward out ofcarrier. Remove plan et gears 10) withneedle rollers 12) and thru st washers.

When reassembling, be sure to ac-cou nt for all of the need le rollers 12).On Models MF255, there are two rows

of 27 rollers each and three spacerwas hers 11-F ig, 198), On all oth ermodels, ther e ar e two rows of 16 rollerseach separated by one spacer washer 11—Fig. 197). Use p etro leum jelly tohold rollers in place while pressingplanet pins into carrier. Install snap ring 5 ) , if equipp ed, so gap in ring is locatedbetween two of the pins.

When reinstalling planetary, be surethat front plate 2- Fig . 197 or F i g . 198)and rear plate 13) are positioned with

fig, 197—Exploded view of high/iow rangeplanetary unit used on aii models except MF255.

See Fig. 198 for MF255 models.1. Front shim2 . Front plate3 . Ring gear owe l

5 . Snap ring6. Thrust w asher7 . Planet carrier

8. Pinion shaft0. Side washer

1 0 . Pinion1 1 . Spacer washer1 2 . Needle roUers1 3 . Rear plate1 4 . Shift coupler

grooved side facing planet carrier. Besure tha t slots in front plate and shim 1) are aligned and are toward the to pwhen installed on transmission housing.Use petroleum jelly to hold thrust rings 6) in place. Make certain tha t tangs ofthrust rings engage notches in planetcarrier and th at brass side of rings face

away from carrier The cutaway sectionor slanted section of rear plate F i g , 199)should be positioned a t lower left-handcorner of planetary, and no lockwasheris to be used on lower left-hand moun-ting bolt. Tighten mou nting bolts even-ly to a torque of 47 N-m 35 ft.- lbs.).Complete installation by reversing theremoval procedure.

PTO INPUT SHAFT ANDRETAINING HOUSING


1 6 9 . T b remove pto input shaft and re-tainer Fig, 200 ), first separate enginefrom transmission housing as outlinedin paragraph 148. Remove clutch releasebearing, release fork and pivot shafts.Disconnect shift linkage and remove capscrew retaining shift lever bracket.Disconnect hydraulic line from shiftcontrol valve. Remove cap screws at -taching pto input shaft retainer to

MASSEY FERGUSON

transmission housing, then withdraw re-tainer, pto input shaft and shift valve asa unit .

Unbolt and remove shift control valvefrom retainer housing. Remove largesn ap ring 29—Fig. 203) from rea r of re-tainer, then bump pto input shaft 32)with bearing rearward from retainer

housing. Remove oil seals 30 and 38),nee dle bearing 37), seal rings 31) a ndball bearing 33) if necessary.

Both oil seals 30 and 38) should be in-stalled w ith lips facing rea rwa rd. Specialtools MFN850 and MFN850A) areavailable for installing needle bearing 37) and front seal to correct depth inretainer Be sure shielded side of ballbearing 33) is toward input shaft gearteeth. Install new seal rings 31) andlubricate all parts with clean transmis-sion oil.

Assemble shift control valve onto re-

tainer housing and t ighten mountingscrews evenly. Suitable seal protectorsshould be used over shaft splines whensliding pto input shaft into retainer andwhen install ing pto shaft and retainerassembly over main input shaft. Light-ly coat threads of retainer housing capscrews with nonhardening sealant, thentighten cap screws to 60 N *m 45 ft.-lbs,)torque. Remainder of assembly is re -verse of disassembly procedure.

Fig. 199—The cutaway sec-tion of planetary rear plateshould be over the iower ieft

mounting screw.

u t a w a yP o r t i o n o fR e a r P l a t e

Fig. 200—Front view oftransmission case showingMulti ower shift iinkage an d

shift control valve.

Fig. 198—Exploded view of high/low rangeplanetary unit used on MF255 models. Refer to

Fig. 197 for legend.

Bolt SecuringShift LeverBracket

Pto InpuShaft AndRitainer




SHIFT CONTROL VALVE

ll Models So Equipped

170. The Multi-Power shift controlalve is removed with the pto inputhaft and retainer as outlined inaragraph 169. Ib disassemble the

ig. 201) and de ten t assembly (12).ithdraw shift valve (8) from valve

ody. Remove plug (1), spring (3) andegulator valve (4). Remove spring (5)

Exam ine all par ts for wear, scoring or

all O rings and gaske t.When reassembling valve, make sure

talled with V notc hed end first intoalve body. Tighten plug 1) to a torqu e

*m (20 ft.-lbs.). Install shift valve

Tb reinstall, reverse th e rem oval pro-

of main inpu t shaft to avoid

The control valve spool must movely to high and low positions as Multi-

b adjust shift linkage, move hand leverposition unt il lever is

lt securing link (6)

Retighten clamp bolt to lock the ad-

Refer to paragraph 242 for Multi-

MAIN OUTPU T) SHAFT

171. Tb remove mainshaft (14—Fig.

remove planetary unit ^ as outlined inparagrap h 168. Pry mainshaft rearw arduntil front bearing (15) is clear of borein transm ission case. Remove snap ring(16) from front of mainshaft, then pullshaft rearward in a slide hammer actionto bump bearing from front of shaft.Withdraw shaft rearward from housing

while lifting gears (12 and 13) fromhousing. Note that rear bearing (11)mu st be removed forward off mainsh aft.

When installing mainshaft, be suretha t clu ster gear (12) is positioned withsmaller gear toward the front and thatfirst/reverse g ear (13) is positione d withshift fork hub facing rearward. Usespecial tool (MFN458) or similar thin

3

Fig. 202—Exploded view of Multi-Power clutchcontrol llrtkage.

1. Bracket 6. Link

2. Shift lever 7. Upper link rod3. Pivot bolt 8. Spacer4. Lower link rod '̂ - 9, Spring5. Bushing & boot , ^ 10, Lever

Fig. 201- Exploded view ofMulti-Power shift controlvalve. Spring (5) and ball (6)are not used on some

models.1. Plug2. Gasket3. Spring4. Regulating valve5. Spring6. Ball

7. Valve body8. Shift valve9. 0 ring

10. Fitting11. Hydraulic line12. Detent assy.13. Gasket

spacer plate to block front bearing (Fig.205) as mainshaft is tapped into thebearing. Remove spacer plate, installfront snap ring and bump shaft andbearings forward into position. Com-plete installation by reversing removalprocedure.

TRANSMISSION INPUT SHAFTAND MULTI-POWER CLUTCH


1 7 2 . REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tbr emove t r ansmiss ion input shaf t(23-Fig . 203) and Multi-Power clutchunit (27), first remove transmission asoutlined in paragraph 157. Removeshifter rails and forks, planetary unit,pto input shaft and retainer and main-shaft as outlined in previous paragraph s.Remove seal rings (22) and thrust

washer (24) from front of input shaft.Remove spacer 17) and main drive pin-ion gear (19) from rear of shaft.Withdraw input shaft rearward whilelifting clutch (27) and associated partsout top opening.

Examine all parts for wear or scoringand renew if necessary. Overhaul theremoved Multi-Power clutch unit asoutlined in paragraph 173.

Tb reinstall input shaft and clutchunit, reverse the removal procedure. Besure tha t tab of spacer (17) is correctlylocated and that convex side of spacer

is toward the clutch unit . Make certaintha t bronze side of thrust washer (Fig.206) faces away from Multi-Powerclutch pack and tha t ends of input shaftseal rings are properly hooked. Asuitable seal protector should be usedover end of input shaft to preventdamage to oil seal when assembling.

173. MULTI-POWER CLUTCH. Tbdisassemble the removed clutch unit,place unit on a bench and lift out over-drive pinion (25—Fig. 203). Push clutchretainer plate^(2—Fig. 207) inward andremove snap ring (1). Remove retainerplate, friction discs (4), plates (5) andsprings (3). Remove clutch piston (6)from housing (9) and remove piston sealrings (7 and 8) .

Inspect all parts for wear, distortionor other damage and renew iif necessary.The friction discs and plates must berenewed as a complete set . Refer to thefollowing specifications;

F r ic ti on D i s c s -

Thickness .2.41-2.59 mm

. (0.095-0.102 in.)Oil Groove Depth 0,38-0.63 mm(0.015-0.025 in.)

Maximum AllowableDistortion 2.92 mm

(0.115 in.)

63



Paragraph 174

Cl u t c h P l a t e sThickness 1.67 1.75 m m

(0.066-0.069 in.)Maximum Allowable

Distortion 2.21 mm(0.088 in.)

Release Springs—Free Leng th 17.8 mm

(0.70 in.)Test Len gth 12.7 mm

(0.50 in.)Tfest Load 29 .3-35.5 N

(6.6-8.0 lbs.)

Renew piston sealing rings (7 and 8)whe neve r clutch is disassembled. Wheninstalling the piston, carefully compressthe ou ter sealing ring (8) using a narrowblade screwdriver or similar tool andwork the piston into i ts bore. The innerring 7) will normally compress becau seof cham fer in inn er bore of piston if care

is used in assembly.When assembling clutch plates, note

that clutch drum (9) contains six bleedholes which are evenly spaced, and th atdriving plates (5) have six external driv-ing lugs. With piston installed, refer toFig. 208 and install the first drive plate

Fig. 203—Exploded view of typlcai shaft gears and related components used In Multi-Powertransmission.

1. Idler shaft2. Retainer clip3. Thrust washers4. Washers5. Needle rollers6. Spacer7. Reverse idler gear8. Spacer

10. Snap rings11. Hearing12. Cluster gear (2nd &

3rd)13. Gear (1st & rev.)14. Mainshaft15. Bearing16. Snap ring17. Spacer

18. Bearing19. Direct drive pinion20 . Thrust plug21 . Spring22 . Seal rings23. Transmission input

shaft

24. Thrust washer25 . Overdrive pinion26 . Bushing27. Multi-Power clutch

assy.28 . Thrust washer29 . Snap ring30 . Oil seal31 . Seal rings

32 . Pto input shaft33 . Bearing34. Snap ring35 . O ring36 . Retainer housing37 . Bearing38. Oil seal

40 . Snap ring41 . Bearing42 . Gear43 . Gear44. Snap ring45 . Bearing46 . Countershaft47 . Bearing48 . Thrust washer

49 . Direct drive geai50 . Bushing51 . Jaw coupler52 . Spring53 . Overdrive gear54 . Snap ring55. Pto lower shaft56 . Pto drive gear

57 . Snap ring58. Gasket59 . Bearing retainer60 . Bearing61 . Snap ring62 . Washer63. Snap ring64. O ring65. Cover plate

MASSEY FERGUSON

on top of piston w ith lugs (L) one splineclockwise from bleed holes (B). Installan internally splined clutch disc (D),then th e second plate with driv e lug (L)one spline clockwise from lug on firstplate as shown. Repeat the procedurefor remaind er of discs and plates. Placethe piston return springs (3—Fig. 207)

on th e driving lugs of first p late install-ed, then install retainer plate (2) andsnap ring (1). Assemble input overdrivepinion into clutch assembly.

PTO LOWER SHAFT AND DRIVEGEAR


174. Tb remove the pto lower shaft(55—Fig. 203) and drive gear (56), firstremove transmission assembly as out-lined in paragraph 157. Remove clutch

release b earing, fork and shafts and th ebrake cross shaft if so equipped. Removemainshaft and gears, pto input shaft andtransmission input shaft as outlined inprevious paragraph.

Remove cover plate (65—Fig. 203)from front of housing a nd remove snapring (63) and thrust washer (62) fromfront of pto shaft. Thread two 3/8 inchUNC cap screws into tapped holes in re-tainer housing (59) and tighten evenlyto pull retainer with bearing from ptoshaft. Remove pto shaft rearward fromhousing and lift drive gear out top open-ing of housing.

Fig. 204—Pry mainshaft rearward as shown to freefront bearing from bore in transmission case.

Fig. 205—A special tool ih MFN458 or similarthin spacer plate is required for Installing main-

shaft 2) Into front bearing 3).

64




When assembling, make sure tha tsnap ring (57) is installed in inner boreof drive gear and that hub side of gearfaces forward. Front end of pto shaftcontains a thread ed hole which can beused to pull shaft into front bearing asshown in Fig. 209. Apply no nha rdenin gsealer to threads of retain er cap screws,install cover plate with new O ring

and tighten cap screws evenly to 60 N*m(45 ft.- lbs.) torque.

COUNTERSHAFT


75 b remove transmission counter-shaft (46-Fig. 203) and related gears,

207^Exploded view of Muiti-Power dutchassembiy.

Retaining plate Release springs Clutch discs

Drive plates

6. Piston7. Seal ring8. Seal ring

9. Clutch housing

dutch discs O) and dutch piate driveL) in reiation to bieed hoies B) in dutch

housing.

Fig. 206—Bronze side of in-put shaft thrust washershouid face away from dutchpadc. Use appropriate seaiprotector over end of shaft

when assembiing.

first remove transmission as outlined inparagraph 157. Remove mainshaft andgears, pto input shaft, transmission in-put shaft and pto lower shaft as outlinedin previous paragraphs.

Remove snap ring (40) from rear ofcountershaft , then bump the shaft for-ward until free from rear bearing.Unseat snap ring (44—Fig. 210) from

groove in center of shaft and move itforward onto unsplined section of shaft.Remove snap ring (54—Fig. 203) fromfront of shaft. Tkp shaft rearward andremove overdrive gear (53), sp ring (52),ja w coupler (51), direct drive gear (49)and thrust washer (48) out top openingof housing. Bump shaft forward out ofhousing and lift out gears (42 an d 43).

Snap ring,(44-Fig. 210) should bearound shaft in unsplined a rea and frontbearing should be in place on coun ter-shaft before installing into housing. In-sert countershaft from the front andposition the two gears (42 and 43) onrear of shaft with their hubs facingtogether Move shaft rearward to allowinstallation of thrust washer, directdrive gear, coupler, spring and overdrivegear onto front of shaft. Move shaft for-ward and push second and third gearsrearward to allow center snap ring to beseated in its groove. Block front of shaft,then tap rear bearing into housing boreand on to shaft until rear snap ring can

be installed. Complete installation byreversing th e removal procedure.

REVERSE IDLER ASSEMBLY


76 The reverse idler shaft (1—Fig.

203) and gear (7) can be removed fromtransmission housing after removing thetransmission mainshaft as outlined inparagraph 171. The idler shaft is re-tained in housing by a clip (2) and capscrew at rear of housing.

The idler gear contains two rows ofloose need le rollers (28 rollers each row)which use the shaft and gear as innerand outer races. Removal an d installa-tion is facilitated by using a dummyshaft (Fig. 211) to retain rollers in gear.The dummy shaft should be 55 mm(2-3/16 inches) long by 25 mm (1 inch)

diameter. Push the dummy shaft intofront of idler gear, displacing idler shafttoward the rear. Lift out gear, washersan d spacer along with dumm y shaft andneedle rollers as a unit .

To reinstall, reverse th e rem oval pro-cedure.

Fig. 210—View of countershaft and gears partiai-iy assembied. Be sure hubs of gears 42 and 43}

face each other

Fig. 209—Pto iower shaft is driiied and tapped atfront end for instaiiation as shown.

Fig. 211^View of reverse idler gear and relatedparts. Use a du mmy shaft to hoid needle rollersin piace in gear when removing and instaiiing.

65




e stop. Tighten locknutto secure adjustment.

1 8 1 REMOVE AN D REINSTALL Tbremove differential lock actuatingassembly, first remove right-hand finaldrive unit as outlined in paragraph 188.Drive spring pin ou t of shift fork (2—Fig.

219), remove two screws attaching car-rier plate to axle housing, then removearrier plate, fork and jaw coupler (1)rom axle housing. Remove spring (3),asher (4) and snap ring (5) from ac-

uating shaft (6). Loosen locknu t (8) andnsc rew shaft from clevis (10). Tb

inn er c oup ler half (8—Fig. 215),

a suitable screws retaining

r coupler half also hold the dif-

brakes are simiiar exceptring is used in piace of oii seat (7).

Shift fork

Spring Washer Snap ring

7. Oil seal8. Locknut

9. Boot10. Clevis11, Pedal arm12. Pivot pin

Tb reinstall, reverse t he removal pro-cedure while noting the followingspecial instructions: Install new ac-tuating shaft oil seal (7-Fig. 219) andaxle shaft oil seal (models so equipped)into carrier plate with seal lips facingtoward differential. Be sure tha t recessin washer (4) fits over snap ring (5).

Tighten inner coup ler half retaining c apscrews to a to rqu e of 108 N m (80 ft.-lbs.). If inner coupler half and/or dif-ferential carrier bearing was renewed,adjust carrier bearing preload as out-lined in para grap h 178. Adjust differen-tial lock as outlined in paragraph 180.

BEVEL DRIVE GEARS

All Models

18 2 BEVEL PINION The main drivebevel pinion is available only as a

matched set with the bevel ring gear.Refer to paragraph 183 for renewal ofbevel ring gear.

Tb remove bevel pinion on modelsequipped with Multi-Power, indepen-dent pto and/or auxiliary hydraulicsystem, it will be necessary to split thetractor between transmission housingand differential housing as outlined inparagraph 156. Remove hydraulic liftcover as outlined in paragraph 215.Remove hydraulic pumps as outlined inparagraph 222 and withdraw ipto clutch(if so equ ipped) as shown in Fig. 221. Ifequipped with two-speed ipto, removesnap ring (16—Fig. 222) and withdrawreduction gear cluster (19) with needlebearings and thrust washer from frontof pinion shaft (4). On all models,remove cap screws attaching b earing re-tainer (8-Fig. 223 or 224) to differen-tial housing, the n thread tw o cap screwsinto tapped holes of retainer and tightenevenly to force retainer with bevel pin-ion assembly from housing.

On models equipped with live pto(without auxiliary hydraulic pump), th ehydraulic lift pum p and bevel pinion canbe removed through top opening in dif-ferential housing after hydraulic liftcover is removed. However, some

mechanics prefer to split the tractor andremove hydraulic pump through frontopening of differential housing. Thefollowing procedure describes removalthrough top opening in differentialhousing.

Remove hydraulic lift cover as out-lined in paragraph 215. Remove pto shift

cover from left side of housing. Collapseand remove pinion drive shaft andcoupler. Remove the pto output shaft asoutlined in paragraph 200. Removehydraulic pump retaining pins fromeach side of the differential housing,then lift pump out top opening of hous-ing. Remove snap ring (16—Fig. 223 or224) and pto ground speed drive gear(15) from pinion shaft. Remove six capscrews retaining bearing carrier (8) indifferential housing, then thread twocap screws into tapped holes in carrierto force carrier with bevel pinion from

housing bore. disassemble the removed bevel pin-

ion unit, proceed as follows: On earlymodels using a lockwasher (M—Fig.224) to retain adjusting nut (13), bendback locking tabs and remove nut anddrive hub (11). On later models usingtwo needle rollers (14—Fig. 223) to re-tain adjusting nut (13), it will benecessary to split the nut to remove itfrom pinion shaft. Be careful not todamage threads of pinion when remov-ing the nut. Remove sleeve (12) andsplined hub (11) on models equippedwith single speed pto, or the bearingsleeve (21), keeper (20) and thrustwasher (22) on dual speed pto models.Remove bearing carrier (8) with frontbearing. Remove rear bearing cone (5)and pilot bearing (3) from pinion shaftusing a suitable puller.

Inspect all parts for wear, scoring orpitting and renew as necessary. Thebearing carrier, bearing cups and bear-ing cones are serviced as an assembly.

11) shouid

disengaged. Refer to text for adjustment.

Fig, 221—On modets equtpped with independentpto, remove hydrauiic pumps out front opening ofhousing and withdraw ipto dutch unit as shown.

Fig. 222—Remove snap ring 16) and gear duster(19) from front of pinion shaft (4). Unit shown is

equipped with duai speed ipto.

67



Paragraph 183 MASSEY FERGUSON

If bevel pinion is renewed, bevel ringgear must also be renewed.

When assembling bevel pinion, installpilot bearing with chamfered insidediameter toward pinion gear. Be surethat inner bearing cone is seated againstshoulder of pinion gear. Tighten bear-ing adjusting nut to obtain a preload

read ing of 2.1-2.4 N-m 18-22 in.-lbs.)rolling torqu e on pinion shaft m easuredas show n in Fig. 225. Tkp ends of pinionshaft with a soft face hammer to centerthe bearings, then recheck roll ingtorque and readjust if necessary. Notetha t preload may also be checked usinga spring scale with a cord wrappedaround outer diameter of bearing re-tainer. A pull of 2.5-2.9 kg 5.5-6.5poun ds) to tur n flange is equ al to 2.1-2.4

Fig. 225—Use a torquewrench to check pinion shaftroiitng torque when adjusting

bearing preioad.

18 . 22 In .- lb sjRolling TorqueOn Pinion Shaft

N-m 18-22 in.-lbs.) rolling torq ue . Whenpreload is correct , bend tabs oflockwasher if so equippe d) into slots of

Fig. 223—Expioded view ofbevet pinion and retated components used on tate produc-tton tractors, ttems 17 through22 are used on modets equip-ped with duai speed indepen-

dent pto.1. Ring gear2. Snap ring3. Pilot bearing4. Bevel pinion5. Bearing cone6. Bearing cu p7. Dowel pin8. Bearing retainer9. Bearing cup

10. Bearing cone11. Drive gear hub

12. Spacer13 . Adjusting nut14. Needle rollers15. Live pto ground speed

drive gear16. Snap ring17. Thrust washer18. Needle bearings19. Cluster gear20 . Retainer pin21 . Bearing sleeve22 . Thrust washer

Fig. 224—Expioded view ofbevei pinion and related com-ponents used o n early pro-duction tractors. Refer to Fig.223 for iegend except for tab

iockwasher (14).

nut, or drive the ne edle rollers 14—226) down each side of one of the pin-ion splines to lock the nut in place. Besure tha t need le rollers are driven flushwith end of ac^usting nut .

Tb reinstall pinion assembly, reverse

the removal procedure. Make sure tha tdowel pin Fig. 227) in retainer is alignedwith drilled hole in housing beforepressing retaine r into housing. Tightenretainer cap screws to a torque of 108N-m 80 ft.-lbs.).

183 . BEVEL RING GEAR. The maindrive bevel ring gear is available only ina matched set with the bevel pinion. b remove beve l ring gear first remo ve

differential assembly and disassembledifferential case halves as outlined inparag raph 177. Rivets are used to attachoriginal produc tion ring gear to differen-tial case half while nuts and bolts plus

Fig. 226—On some modeis, bearing adjusting nut

13) is secured by driving needie rotters 14) downeach side of one of the pinion sptines (4). The nu tmust be spiit for removai.

Fig 227—Make sure that dowetpin is aiigned withdriiied hoie in differential housing before Instaii-

ing retainer in housing.

68



Paragraph 85

are used to retainme nt ring gear. Drill and punch

(if so equipped) or remove and bolts, then drive ring gear from half.

An epoxy resin kit is available from and should be used to

to case half. Thoroughly of ring gear

and differential case half. Follow the in-structions given in epoxy kit and applyan even coating of adhesive to matingsurfaces of ring gear and case half. Notethat these two components are an in-terference fit, therefore the ir bolt holesmust be aligned accurately before theyare assembled. Install bolts with their

heads against ring gear. Apply Loctite

262 to threads, then t ighten nuts to atorque of 160 N-m (120 ft.-lbs.). Theepoxy must cure for a minimum of 24hours at a temperature of 20° 68 ° F)before reinstalling ring gear and dif-ferential assembly. Cure time can bereduced by increasing temperature;follow instructions given in epoxy kit.

REAR AXLE AND FINAL DRIVE

185. REMOVE AND R EINSTALL. Tb the wheel axle and planet car-

a unit, support rear of tractor and

l from final drive plane tary unit.e whe el and tire unit and fender to en-

brake plates will remain align- in case axle shaft is wi thdrawn with

a line across drive 230), ring gear (15) and

housing 25) to ensure proper align- top

and install a eye as shown in Fig. 228.

WHEEL AXLE AND PLANETARY UNIT

Remove remainder of retaining boltsand separate unit from axle housing.

Tb reins tall, reverse the removal pro-

228-^Attach a iifting eye and hoist as shown and planet carrier during

removai and instaiiation.

cedure while making sure that previous-ly made scribe marks are aligned.Tighten retaining nuts and bolts to a

5

229—Su pport axie housing as shown wheninstaiiing compiete finai drive unit.

4

Fig 230- Expioded view ofpianetary finai drive and axie housing assembty used on earty productionmodeis. On tractors with wet type disc brakes, oii seais (24 and 26) shouid not be used Bushing 18)

is not used on some modeis.1. Wheel axle2. Dust shield3. Oil seal ' •4. Drive cover5. Gasket6. Bearing cup7. Bearing cone

8. Split ring9. Planet carrier

10. Shaft11 . Spacer12. Planet gear13 . Needle rollers14, Thrust washers

15 . Roll pin16. Ring gear18. Bushing19. Sun gear20 . Axle shaft21 . Bearing cone

22 . Bearing cup23 . Shim24 . Oil seal25 . Axle housing26 . Oil seal27. Carrier plate28 . 0'* ring




tor qu e of 75 N-m (55 ft.-lbs.). Refill un itto prop er level with Pe rma tran 111 Oilor equivalent.

1 8 6 . OVERHAUL PLANETARY

UNIT. Tb disassemble the removed finaldrive unit, first remove ring gear(16—Fig. 230) from planet carrier. Drive

out roll pins (15) retaining planet gearshafts (10). Threa d a 3/8 inch cap screwinto end of planet gear shafts and pullshafts from planet carrier. Removeplan et ge ars (12) and thru st w ashers (14)being careful not to lose the needlerollers (13). Remove sun gear (19)throug h large open ing in side of carrier.Use a suitable puller to remove bearingcone (21) from carrier hub.

Using Special Nut (MFN265) and For-cing Screw (MFN764-3) or othe r su itablepuller, remove planet carrier fromwh eel axle splines as shown in Fig. 231.

Remove th e tw o half rings (8—Fig. 230),then press wheel axle (1) from drivecover (4). Remove bearing cup (6) andouter oil seal (3) from drive cover.

Coat outside diameter of new outer oilseal (3) with a suitable sealant. Pressseal (with lip facing inward) into drivecover (4) until o ute r face of seal is 2 m m(0.080 inch) above surface of cover.Press bearing cup (6) into drive coveruntil i t bottoms in cover counterbore.Lubricate lip of seal, then assemblewh eel axle and bearing cone into drivecover. Press bearing cone onto axle un-til rollers are fully seated in bearing cup.Install a pair of half ring segments (8)of appropriate thickness to give acleara nce of 0.00-0.025 mm (0.000-0.001inch) between bearing cone and halfrings.

Assemble sun gear and planet gearsinto carrier. Be sure to account for allthe need le rollers (13). Each plan et gearcon tains two rows of loose need le rollers(29 rollers in each row) separated by awasher (11). Note that large thrustwa shers (14) are used in large ope nings

in carrier and small washers are used in

small opening s. Use new roll pins 15) toretain shafts (10), and drive the pins inuntil flush with outer edge of carrier.Press new bearing co ne (21), if remov ed,onto planet carrier hub.Tb renew inner bearing cup (22), first

lock the parking brake to hold brakepistons in place. Withdraw axle shaft

(20), then pry bearing cup and oil seal(models with dry brakes) from axlehousing. Install new seal (if use d) withdrain hole downward and seal lip fac-ing outward (toward planetary). Add0.76 mm (0.030 inch) thick nes s of shimsto original shim p ack, th en install shimsand bearing cup in housing.

Install the assembled planetary finaldrive unit om itting main axle shaft (20)and gaskets (5). Check and adjust bear-ing preload as outlined in paragraph187.

When preload is properly adjusted, in-

stall main axle shaft and final dd ve unitusing new gaskets. Be sure that steppedside of ring gear faces outwa rd as show nin Fig. 232.

1 8 7 . BEA R I N G P R ELO A D A D J U ST

MENT. The planet carrier bearingpreload is adjusted by means of shimsinstalled between inner bearing cup andshoulder of axle housing (Fig. 232).Shims should be selected to provide0.15-0.40 mm (0.006-0.016 inch) preloadas follows:

With final drive unit removed, firstlock the brakes to hold brake discs inplace and withdraw main axle shaft(20—Fig. 230). Remove bearing cup (22)and ad d 0.76 mm (0.030 inch) thicknessof shims to existing shim pack (23).Reinstall bearing cup and final driveunit omitting main axle shaft (20) andgasket (5). Install three equally spacedmounting bolts and t ighten evenly un-til whee l axle end play is just removed.Bump outer end of wheel axle with ahamm er to make sure tha t bearings are

seated. Measure the gap betweenplanetary ring gear and axle housingnext to each of the three bolts andaverage the measurements. Remove th efinal drive unit and inner bearing cup.

^ I n s t a l l P r e U a dShims BehindBearing Cup

Fig 231— Use spedai nu t and forcing screw toremove pianet carrier from wheei axte shaft as

shown.

Fig 232—P ianetary ring gear must be positionedwith stepped side outward.

Remove sh ims equal to averagemeasured gap plus 0.25 mm (0.010 inch)to establish the recommend ed preload.

Reinstall bearing cup, main axle shaftand final drive unit with new gaskets.

FINAL DRIVE AND AXLE

HOUSING ASSEMBLY

All Models

1 8 8 . REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tbremove planetary final drive and axlehousing as a unit, first drain oil fromplanetary housing and from transmis-sion and differential h ousings. Suitablysuppor t rear of tractor. If both axlehousings are to be removed, drivewooden wedges between front axle andaxle support to prevent tipping. Removerear wheel and tire, fender and ROPS.

Disconnect brake l inkage rods onmodels with mechanical brakes, ordisconnect hydraulic brake pipes andparking brake linkage on models withhydraulic brakes. Disconnect hitch liftlink at the lift arm yoke and disconnectlower lift arm at the axle housing. Ifright-hand ax le is being removed discon-nect differential lock pedal. Support ax-le housing assembly with a suitablehoist or floor jack, remove retainingbolts and withdraw axle housing asshown in Fig. 229. When removing left-hand axle housing, be careful that dif-ferential assembly does not fall out ofcenter housing.

Tb reinstall, reverse th e rem oval pro-cedure while noting the followingspecial instructions: Tighten ROPSframe mounting b olts to 17O N*m (125ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten wh eel stud nu tsevenly to a torque of 270 N-m (200 ft.-lbs.) on tractors eq uipped with 16.0 mm(5/8 inch) diam eter studs, or to a torq ueof 325 N*m (240 ft.-lbs.) on tractorsequipped with 17.5 mm (11/16 inch)diame ter studs. Bleed hydraulic brakes

as outlined in paragraph 192.

1 8 9 . A X LE SH A F T A N D H O U SI N G .

Axle shaf t (20-Fig. 230) can bewithdrawn after removing wheel axleand planetary uni t as outlined inparagraph 185. Lock the wheel brakeprior to removing axle shaft to keepbrake discs properly aligned.

On models equipped with dry brakes,the axle housing outer oil seal (24) canbe renewed after removing axle shaftand bearing cup (22). Ou ter diam eter ofnew seal should be coated with a

suitable sealer and should be installedwith l ip f ac ing outward ( towardplanetary unit) .

Main axle in ne r oil seal (26) is locatedin differential carrier plate on modelswith dry brakes. Seal can be renewed

70




after removing axle housing from dif-ferential housing. Coat outer diameterof new seal with sealant before install-ing. Make sure th at seal lip faces awayfrom brake contact surface of carrier(Fig. 233) and oil dra in holes are aligned.

tg233—On modets wtth dry brakes, drain holesin oii seat and carrier piate mu st be aiigned wh enseai ts instaiied. Bo th seat ttps face away from

brake

BRAKES

All models are equipped with disctype brakes. Brake assemblies on sometractors are designed to be operated ina completely dry compartment (Fig.237), while other m odels are eq uipped

ith brake assemblies that operate in oilFig. 240). The brakes on ea rly models

are actuated by mechanical l inkage.Later models use two master cylindersnd two slave cylinders to hydraulical-y actuate the brakes.

ADJUSTMENT

odels With Mechanical Brakes

190 Tb adjust mechanically actu atedirst be sure th at b oth brak e pull

to a length of 5 08 mm

are adjusted equally.Road test and check operation of

f the re is a tende ncy for brakesto one side, loosen adjusting nu t

on side that pulls until brakes areequalized.

Models With Hydraulic Brakes

191 b adjust hydraulically actuatedbrakes, first make sure that brake pedalsare at the top of their travel against the

stops and that pedal latch ca n be free-ly latched between the pedals. Loosenlocknuts on each m aster cylinder pushrod (5—Fig. 241) and turn push rod intoor out of clevis (6) until front end ofpush rod is just free to move. This en-sures push rods are clear of mastercylinder pistons and brakes are fullyreleased.

Turn adjusting nut (1-Fig . 236) oneach brake lever clockwise until brakesare fully engaged. Then, turn both ad-juster nu ts counterclockwise two tum s.Make certain both rear wheels lock up

at the same time with pedals latchedtogether. If one wheel locks before the

ig 236—Vtew of hydrautic brake adjusting screw 1) and bieeder screw 2).

other, loosen the ac^uster nut on *'lock-ing" brake until brakes apply evenly.

BLEEDING BRAKE SYSTEM


192 b bleed air from hydraulic brake

system, first check level of brake fluidin reservoir and fill if necessary. Be sureto maintain full fluid level duringbleeding procedure.

A bleeder screw (2—Fig. 236) islocated on e ach brake slave cylinder. At-tach a plastic tube to bleed er screw andplace free end of tube into a containerpartially filled with brake fluid. Loosenthe bleeder screw and fully depresspedal for brake being bled."Repeat thisprocedure until air-free fluid flows fromsubmerged en d of tube.

NOTE: If a piastic tube and container arenot used as outiined above bieeder screw

must be ciosed before releasing brake pedai

to prevent air from being drawn into system.

Be sure to tighten bleeder screwbefore removing plastic tube frombleeder screw or container. Repeat th eprocedure on slave cylinder on oppositeside.

BRAKE DISCS AND ACTUATORASSEMBLY

Models With Dry Brakes

193 OVERHAUL Tb remove brakeassemblies, first remove complete final

Fig. 237—Exptoded vtew ofdry, disc type indivtduatwheet brakes and controtiinkage used on some

modeis.1. Pedal shaft2. Brake pedal 3 Parking paw4. Brake pedal5. Brake rods(j. Brake lever7. Lever support8. Return spring9. Woodruff key

10. Spacer11. Crf>ss shaft hinge

bracket12. Snap ring14. Acyusting nut15. Trunnion17. Brake rod18. Lined discs18. Actuating disc

tg 235—Turn brake adjusting nut untii pedai freemm 2-3/4 inches) measured at pedat

pad for mechanicai brake modeis.

71



Paragraph 194 MASSEY-FERGUSON

drive and axle hou sing units as outlinedin paragraph 188. On right-hand side,remove differential lock fork and coupl-ing paragra ph 181). Remove carrie rplate from axle housing. Remove ad-justin g nut 14—Fig. 237) and trun nio n 15) from e nd of bra ke rod 17). Un boltand remove brake lever and supp ort 7),

the n withdraw brake discs 18) and ac-tua tor 19) from axle housing.

Unhook the actuator return springsand separate actuator plates. Examineplates, actuating balls and ramps forwear or damage and renew as required.If any evidence of oil is present onbrakes, f ind and correct the causebefore reassembling brakes. Refer toparagraph 189 for axle housing oil sealrenewal procedure.

Tb reinstall, reverse the removal pro-cedure. Apply a light coat of a drymolybdenum disulphide lubricant to ax-le shaft splines where brake discs arelocated. Be sure th ere is no lubricant onany of the brake components.

Adjust brakes after assembly asoutlined in paragraph 190.

Models With Wet Brakes

194. OVERHAUL. Tb remove brakeassemblies, first remove complete finaldrive and axle ho using units as outlinedin paragraph 188. Remove brake ad-justin g nut 14—Fig. 240), the n un bolt

and remove brake lever 6) and leversup port 7) as an assembly. Remove car-rier plate and withdraw brake com-ponents from axle housing.

Disassemble actuator unit and inspectplates, balls and ramps for wear ordamage and renew as required. Depthof groove s in friction p late s 18) is 0.3mm 0.012 inch) w he n new. Platesshould be renew ed if worn to the ex tenttha t grooves are beginning to disappear.Sepa rator plates 20) should be renewedif excessively scored or worn . Separator

Fig, 238—Carrier piate removed from ieft axiehousing showing instaited dry type brake

ssembiy

plates should also be renewed wheneverfriction plates are renewed. Renewplates tha t indicate signs of overheatingor distortion.

IMPORTANT: Dip each friction piate

separator piate and the actuator unit in clean

transmission oii before reassembling.

To reinstal l brakes, reverse theremoval procedure. Note tha t two fric-tion plates and one separator plate mu stbe installed on axle housing side of ac-

tua tor un it Fig. 239). Remaining frictionplates and separator plates are to be in-stalled alternately on carrier plate sideof actuator. Install a new rubber boot 16—Fig. 240) making sure that garterspring end of boot seats properly inridge of brak e rod 17).

On models with mechanical brakes,

adjust brakes as outlined in paragraph190. On models with hydraulic brakes,bleed air from system as outlined inparagraph 192 and adjust brakes asoutlined in paragraph 191.

Fig. 239—View of wet typedisc brake components

assembied onto carrier piate.Identtfication notches N) in -dicate number of brake discs 2) used Note that two brakediscs and one separator piateare always instaited on axiehousing side of actuator

assembiy 1) .

tg 240—E xpioded view of typicai wet type disc br ke with mech nic i ctu ting tink ge used on somemodeis. Brake actuator and brake discs are simiiar on modeis with hydr uiic iiy actuated brakes.

1. Pedal shaft2. Brake pedal3. Parking pawl4. Brake pedal5. Brake rods

6. Brake lever7. Lever support8. Return spring9. Woodruff key

10. Spacer

11 . Cross shaft bracket12. Snap ring14. Adjusting nut15. Trunnion

16. Boot17. Brake rod18. Friction disc19. Actuator assy.20 . Separator plate

72



MASTER CYLINDERS

1 9 5 . R R AND O VE RH AUL . Tbe m aste r cylinders (4—Fig.

pipes to stop flow of brake fluid. Discon-nect outlet pipes and plug end s of pipes.Disconnect clevis (6) from brake pedalbracket, remove mounting cap screwsand withdraw master cylinder from themounting bracket.

Remove rubber boot and push rodfrom master cylinder. Remove retaining

ring (10—Fig. 242) and with dra w piston

Fig, 241—D rawing of brakepedais, master cyiinders,siave cyiinder, reservoir andconnecting pipes used onmodeis equtpped withhydrauttc brakes, i-ate pro-duction modets use duat

reservotrs 1).1. Reservoir2. Slave cylinder (2)3. Bleeder screw4. Master cylinders5. Push rod

6. Clevis7. Latch8. Brake pedals9. Nylon washers

10. Bushing11 . Pedal shaft

Paragraphs 195 196

(9) and spindle assembly from mastercylinder. Separate the spindle (3) fromlocking cap (7).

Master cylinder assembly should berenewed if cylinder bore or piston showsigns of excessive wear, scoring or pit-t ing. A seal kit is available forreassembly of mas ter cylinder if pistonand cylinder bore are in good condition.

Tb reassemble, reverse the disassem-bly procedure. After master cylinder isinstalled, bleed air from system asoutlined in paragraph 192 and adjustbrakes as outlined in paragraph 191.

SLAVE CYLINDERS


1 9 6 . R R AND O VE RH AUL. Tbremove brake slave cylinders, firstremove adjusting n ut from end of brakeactuating rod. Disconnect parking brakecontrol rod. Disconnect return springfrom brake actuating lever, then swivelthe lever upward out of the way. Discon-nect hydraulic pipe, remove retainingbolts and remove slave cylinder from ac-tuator housing.

Remove rubber dust cover (7—Fig.243) and plun ger (6) from th e cylinder.Remove retaining ring (5) and withdrawpiston (3) from cylinder bore.

Renew slave cylinder assembly ifcylinder bore or piston is excessively

worn, scored or pit ted.Lubricate parts with clean brake fluidduring assembly. Install piston seal (4)with flat side toward plunger end ofpiston.

Reinstall slave cylinders, bleed airfrom system as outlined in paragraph192 and ac^ust brakes as outlined inparagraph 191.

Ftg. 242—Expioded view ofhydrauiic brake master

cyiinder,1. Cylinder body2. Spindle seal '3. Spindle4. Spring washer5. Seal cap6. Spring7. Locking cap8. Piston seal9. Piston

10. Retaining ring

Fig 43—Expioded view of hydraulic brake siavecyttnder.

1. Bleeder screw2. Cylinder body 5. Retaining ring

6. Plunger. Piston4. Seal 7, Rubber boot

73




LiVE POWER TAKE OFF

All models may be equipped with alive power take-off which may beoperated at tw o speeds: proportionalengine speed or proportional ground

speed.The pto control handle (1—Fijg. 245)can be moved to engage the groundspeed driven gear (7) with the drive gearon the bevel pinion shaft. This causespto output shaft (10) to turn in directproportion to ground speed of tractor.

The control handle can be moved toa midposition that disengages the ptodrive.

A third (engine speed) position of con-trol handle engages the pto output shaftwith pto front drive shaft, which isdriven from the dual stage clutch

mounted on engine flywheel.Depressing the clutch pedal about

halfway stops motion of the tractor, butdoes not interrupt power flow to ptodrive shaft. Completely depressingclutch pedal stops motion of the trac-tor as well as the pto shaft.

Refer to ENGINE CLUTCH secti on forservice to dual clutch. Refer to ap -propriate TRANSMISSION section forservice to pto input shaft and frontdrive shaft.

PTO OUTPUT SHAFT


200. R&R AND OVERHAUL. The p to

output shaft (10-Fig. 245) can be

withdrawn from the rear as follows:Drain oil from differential housing.Remove shield (18) and pto cap (17). Un-bolt and remo ve seal retaine r pla te (16).

Pull the oil seal housing (14), outputshaft and rear bearing (12) rearwardfrom differential housing.

Tb renew needle bearing (9) at frontof shaft, first remove left-hand axlehousing and differential assembly. Usea slide hammer puller or other suitabletool to remove bearing from housingbore. Press against lettered side of new

bearing using a suitable size steppeddriver. Rear face of bearing should bejust below chamfered edge of housingbore.Tb

renew ground speed gear (7)

and/orbushing (8), it is necessary to remove t hehydraulic lift cover and hydraulic pump .Press new bushing into housing bore un-til front edge of bushing is flush with in-ner end of housing bore chamfer. Besure that shift lever (6) engages shiftgroove in ground speed gear whenreinstalling gear.

Ftg. 245—Expioded vi w of ttv pto output shaft assembiy and shift controi unit used on som e tractom,1. Handle 9- Needle bearing 14. Retainer2 Cover 6. Lever 10. Pto shaft 15. O ring3^ Detent 7. Ground speed driven 11. Snap ring 16. Retainer plate4. Washer gear/shift coupling 12. Bearing snap ring5. Seal 8. Bushing , 13. Seal

17. Cover

18. Shield

iNDEPENDENT POWER TAKE OFF

All models may be equipped with anindependent power take-off which isdriven by a flywheel mounted SplitTbrque clutch and controlled by ahydraulically actuated, multiple discclutch contained in the center of dif-ferential housing. A single speed (540rpm) p to is available on all models, whilea tw o speed (540 and 1000 rpm) pto isavailable in MF270 and MF290 models.

Refer t o ENGINE CLUTCH sec tion forservice to Split Tbrque clutch. Refer toappropriate TRANSMISSION section forservice to pto input shaft and frontdrive shaft.

OUTPUT SHAFT

Singie Speed Models

2 0 3 . R&R AND OVERHAUL. Tbremove ipto output shaft (10— Fig. 246),rear seal (13) and bearing (12), first drain

Fig. 246—Drawing of singie speed independent pto output shaft 10), dutch 7) and associated parts Iused on some tractors,

1 Handle 6. Shift lever H . Snap ring 15. 0'* ring2 Cover 7. Clutch assy. 12. Bearing snap ring 16. Retainer plate3 . Detent 9. Needle bearing ' 13. Seal 17. Cover5. Gasket 10. Pto shaft 14. Retain er 18. Shield

74



Paragraphs 204 207

d (18) and r etain er p late (16). Pull 14) out with pto cover

rear- from differential housing.

Inspect all parts artd renew i f

ward. Fron t needle bearing 9) can be

d side of bore

rear edge of bearing is flush with

Tb reinstall outp ut sh aft assembly,

2 0 4 . R R AND OVERHA UL. Tbpto ou tput shaft (15—Fig. 247),

seal (17) and rear bearing (12), first

and remove retaining plate (22). Pullseal retainer (20) with the oil seal andthe sleeve (13) with rear bearing fromhousing bore. Remove seal (17) an dmetal shield (18) from retainer.

Refer to paragrap h 20 5 for rem oval ofpto driven gear (6), reduction gears (25)and needle bearings.

Press a new metal shield and oil sealinto retainer housing making sure thatlip of shield and lip of seal both face for-ward. Renew '*0 rings (14 and 19).

Tb re install, reverse the removal pro-cedure.

REDUCTION GEARS

Dual Speed Models

2 0 5 . REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Tbremove dual speed pto reduction gears(25—Fig. 247) and pto driven gear (6),first drain oil from transmission hous-ing. Remove hydraulic lift cover asoutlined in paragraph 215. Split tractorbe tween transmission housing and dif-f erent i a l hous ing as out l ined in

10

247—Drawing of duai speed independent pto output shaft reduction gears dutch and associated

parts used on some tractors.Shift lever 8. Bearings 15. Pto output shaft 22. Retaining plateSide cover 9. Spacer 16. Snap ring 23. ShieldShift arm 10. Tube 17. Oil seal . 24. BearingsClutch assy. 11. Snap ring 18. Metal shield 25. Reduction gearBearing 12. Bearing 19. O ring , clusterPto driven gear 13. Sleeve 20. Seal retainer 26. Thrust washerThrust washer 14. O ring 21. Pto cover 27. Snap ring

paragraph 156. Remove pto outputshaft. Remove hydraulic pumps throughfront opening in differential housingand withdraw ipto clutch assembly (4).Remove snap ring (27), thrust washer(26), gear clus ter (25) and bearings (24)from bevel pinion shaft^ Remove ptodriven gear (6) and thrust washer (7).

Tb renew nee dle b earing s (8) it will benecessary to first remove left-hand ax -le housing and differential assembly.Drive th e shaft guide tube 10) rearwardfrom housing. Use a suitable puller toremove bearings and spacer (9) fromhousing bore. When installing new bear-ings, press against side of bearingstamped with part number. Press shaftguide tube (10) into housing until rearend of tube is no more that 1.5 mm(0.060 inch) past shoulder of counter-bore for rear bearing (12).

Tb reinstall gears and related com-ponents, reverse the removal procedure.

IPTO CLUTCH AND CONTROLVALVE


2 0 6 . REMOVE A N D REINSTALL. Tbremove clutch uni t , first removehydraulic lift cover as outlined inparagraph 215 and split tractor betwe entransmission housing and differentialhousing as outlined in paragraph 156.

Remove pto side cover. Disconnecthydraulic lines from auxiliary pump.Riemove dowel pin from each side of dif-ferential housing retaining hy draulic liftpump, then slide pump assemblies for-ward and lift ipto clutch unit out ofhousing.

Tb reinstall clutch assembly, reversethe removal procedure.

Models W ith Early S tyle Clutch Unit

207. OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 248

for an exploded view of early styleclutch unit. Tb disassemble clutch, pushretainer plate (2) inward and remove re -taining ring (1). Rfemove clutch discs (3),wave springs (4), separator plates (5)and drive hub (6). Remove piston 7) andseals 8 and 9) from clutch hou sing (11).

Unbolt and remove brake cylinde r (20)and p iston (19) from valve h ous ing (14).Remove snap ring (16) and th rust washer(15), then withdraw valve housing.Brake disc (12) is retained to clutchhousing by two pins (10).

Tb disassemble control valve spool,

unsea t internal snap ring (5—Fig. 249)from groove in plunger (2). Note tha tspacer ball (4) is available in alternatediameters and is used to establish com-pressed length of valve spool withinrecommended limits of 102.36-103.12

75



Paragraph 208

mm (4.030-4.060 inches) as shown inFig. 250.

W hen a s sem bl i ng c l u t ch un i t ,lubricate piston seal rings prior to in-stalling piston in clutch housing. Severalpieces of 5 mm (3/16 inch) diame ter rod(T—Fig. 251) may be placed inside thehousing as shRwn to serve as alignment

guides for piston installation. Installdr ive hub (6-Fig. 248).

NOTE: Soak new clutch friction discs in

ciean transmission oii for 30 minutes before

instaiiing.

Beginning with an externally splinedseparator p late (5—Fig. 248), alternatelyinstall seven separator plates, six wavesprings 4) an d six friction discs (3). Pushdown on the last plate to compress thewave springs and insert two small rodsinto clutch housing bleed holes as

shown in Fig. 252 to hold plates in place.Install remaining wave spring and fric-tion disc, then install retainer plate(2—Fig. 248 ) and re taining ring (1). Therestraining rods can be removed at thist ime.

Install new seal rings (13) on clutchhub, then assemble valve housing ontohub. Install thrust washer 15) and sn apring. Install valve spool in body.

Install brake disc (12) and roll pins(10). The pins should protrude 5 mm(3/16 inch) and be on opposite sides ofclutch housing. Position w ear p late (17)under brake disc, then attach brakecylinder to valve housing. Tightenmount ing cap screws to a torque of 24N-m (18 ft.-lbs.).

Fig, 249— Expioded view of eariy styie ipto con -troi vaive assembty.

1. Retainer2. Plunger 6. Valve spool3. Spring 7- Connector4. Spacer ball 8. Housing

5. Retainin g ring 9- Plug

Fig. 250—Coiiapsed iength of controi vaive spootshouid be 102.36-103.12 m m 4,030-4,060 inches)measured as shown. Length is adjusted by instaii

ing a different size spacer baii.

Fig. 248— Expioded view of ipto mutttpte disc dutch assembty used on eariy production tractors.

1. Retaining ring2. Retaining plate3. Friction disc4. Wave spring5. Separator plate6. Drive hub

MASSEY FERGUSON

Models With Late Style ClutchUnit

2 0 8 . OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 253for an exploded view of late style iptoclutch and control valve assembly. Tbdisassemble the removed clutch, firstremove snap ring (20), thrust washer

(19) and control valve housing 18) fromhu b of clutch housing (15). Remove re-taining ring (4) and withdraw retainerplate (1), thrust washer (2), drive hub(3), shims (5), wave springs (6), sep-arator plates (7) a nd friction plates (8)from clutch housing. Tkp clutch housingagainst wooden work bench to removepiston front plate (10), Belleville w ash er(11), spacer (13) and clutch piston (14).Tb disassemble control valve, remove

de ten t plug, spring and ball (21). Driveout roll pin (23), then withdraw plunger(33) and valve spool (27) assemb ly from

valve body. Unseat snap ring (32) andsep arate valve spool from plunger. Driveroll pin (29) from spring guide (30) andremove gu ide and spring (28) from valvespool. Remove retainin g ring (24), th entap sleeve (26) with * ' 0 ' ' ring from valvebody bore.

7. Clutch piston8. Piston seal ring Piston seal ring

10. Roll pin11 . Clutch housing

12. Brake disc13. Seal rings14. Control valve

housing15. Thrust washer

16. Snap ring17. Wear plate18. Spring19. Brake piston20 . Brake cylinder

Fig. 251—Use pieces of 5 mm 3/16 Inch) diametemd T) as aitgnment guides when installing piston

In housing, Olt bteed hotes B) are used Inassembiy as outiined in text and shown in Fig.

252.

Fig. 252—insert rods Into bleed hoies in dutchhoustng to hotd separator springs compresse d

during dutch assembty. Refer to text.

76



Unbolt and remov e brake pad (40) and

Renew all 0 rings and seal rings.

if excessively worn, warped

When assembling pto brake, a new to If a new bolt is not

to threads

and other mount ing cap

screw to a torque of 6.8 N*m (60 in.-lbs.).Be sure brake pad moves freely.

Tb reassemble control valve, reversethe removal procedure. Install roll pin(23) with split side of pin facing awayfrom plung er (33). Tighten detent plugto a torque of 47 N'm (35 ft.-lbs.).

W hen a s sem bl i ng c l u t ch un i t ,

lubricate piston seal rings with cleanhydraulic oil. Install pis ton, flat sidefirst, and the spacer ring into clutchhousing. Install Belleville washer withconcave (dished) side outwa rd, a nd in-stall piston front plate with stepped

Paragraph 21

edge inward. Beginning with an exter-nally splined sepa rator plate, alternatelyinstall seven separator plates, six wavesprings an d six friction discs. Push downon last separator plate to compress wavesprings and insert two rods throughbleed holes in clutch housing as shownin Fig. 252 to hold plates in place. Install

rema ining friction disc and wave spring,shims (if used), hub, thru st washer andretainer plate. Remove rods retainingclutch plates after snap ring is in place.

HYDRAULICSYSTEM

8

IS 3

4

ig 253—Expioded view of ipto muitipie disc dutch, controi vatve assembiy and brake assembiy used

duction tractors with two-speed ipto. Singie speed pto unit is simiiar except gear ts not us-

ed on rear of dutch retainer piate 1).

gear Thrust washer

Drive hub Retaining ring Shims

Piston front plate

11 . Belleville washer12. Piston seal13. Spacer

14. Clutch piston15. Clutch housing16. Check valve assy.17. Seal ring18. Control valve

housing19. Thrust washer20 . Snap ring

21 . Detent spring ball22 . Ball23 . Roll pin

24 . Retaining ring25 . O ring26 . Sleeve27 . Valve spool28 . Spring29 . Pin30 . Spring guide31 . Washer

32 . Retaining ring33 . Plunger34 . Retaining ring35 . Spring seat36 . Return spring37 . Brake cylinder38 . O ring39 . Piston40 . Brake pad41 . Shoulder bolt

The hydraulic lift system consists ofa piston type pump which is submergedin hydraulic fluid in the differential

housing and driven by the pto driveshaft. A control valve is located in thepump unit which meters' the operatingfluid at pump inlet . A single actinghydraulic cylinder, at tached to bottomof lift cover , ac tua tes the hi t chrockshaft.

A gear type auxiliary pump suppliespressure for the M ulti-Fbwer clutch , iptoclutch and/or remote hydraulic cylinderapplications on models so equipped. Theauxiliary pump is mou nted above themain hydraulic pump and is driven bya gear train located at the front of thepumps.

RESERVOIR AND FILTERS

All Models

210. The transmission/differentiallubricant is the ope rating fluid for thehydraulic system. Manufacturer recom-mends renewing the hydraulic fluidafter every 500 hours of operation, orannually, whichever comes first. Drainplugs (P—Fig. 255) are located on left-

hand side of differential housing andtransmission housing.A reusable oil strainer element is

located in bottom of differential hous-ing at inlet of main hydraulic pump.Strainer element can be removed afterfirst draining the oil and removing filtercover (6) from bottom of housing. Theelement should be c leaned usingsuitable solvent and compressed airafter every 500 hours of operation.Some models are equipped with a warn-ing light that com es on if strainer screenbecomes plugged.

Some models are also equipped withan auxiliary hydraulic system oil filterelem ent wh ich is located in front of left-hand axle housing. The auxiliary filterelement should b e renewed after every500 hours of operation.

77



Paragraphs 211-213

Fig, 255—Oii drain ptugs P)are tocated on teft-hand sideof transmission an d differen-tiai housings, O strainer eie-ment is iocated above filter

cover 6).

TROUBLE-SHOOTING

All Models

2 1 1 . The following are symptomswhich may occur during operation ofthe hydraulic lift system an d the ir possi-ble causes. U se this information in con-junct ion with the System Checks andAdjustments information to isolate thecause of the problem before proceedingwith component disassembly.

1. H itch will not raise. Could be causedby:

a. Internal oil leak in system. Removeresponse control side cover andcheck for leakage.

b. Damaged, binding or misa^justedcontrol valve linkage.

c. Misadjusted or faulty servo valve

(pressure control units), or faultysafety relief valve (nonpressurecontrol units) .

d. Faulty hitch hydraulic pump.

5Fig. 256—Exptoded view of oii strainer assembiy

used on mod eis equipped w ith fUter warning Hght.Note that narrow end of tapered eiement must be

instaiied in cover 6).1. Filter element2. O ring3. Spring4. Warning Ught vacuum 5. O ring

tube ' 6. Filter cover

2 . Lift links raise unevenly (jerky).Could be caused by:

a. Valve sticking in pu mp valvechamber.

3. Lift links will not raise to fullheight. Could be caused by:

a. Transport stop misadjusted.b. Control valve misadjusted.c. Control linkage misadjusted.

4. Lift links will not lower. Could becaused by:

a. Control valve sticking.b. Control valve misadjusted.c. Lift arms binding.

5. Hitch lowers too fast with responsecontrol at *'SLOW position. Could becaused by:

a. Response control misacyusted.

b. Con t ro l l i nkage b indin g ordamaged.

6. Erratic action when operating indraft control. Could be caused by:

a. End play in master control spring.b. Con t ro l l i nkage b indin g or

damaged.

7. Lift links creep down. Could becaused by:

a. Inte rna l leakag e in lift cylinder,control valve or valve chambers.

MASSEY-FERGUSON

SYSTEM CHECKS ANDADJUSTMENTS

Ail Models

212 MASTER CONTROL SPRINGTb check ma ster control spring (7—Fig.257) acyustment, first disconnect con-

trol beam at upper end and pivot thebea m d ow n o ut of th** wav. Check forend play by pulling and pushing onspring clevis (10). If end play is prese nt,loosen Allen head set screw (3) in sideof housing. Pull back ru bbe r boot (9) toexpose acyusting nut (8), then unscrewthe nut and withdraw master controlspring assembly from lift cover. Graspspring (7) while ho lding clevis (10) andattempt to rotate spring on plunger (5).Spring should fit snugly with no endplay but should still turn with mo derateeffort. If acyustment is incorre ct, drive

groove pin (11) ou t of clevis and threadclevis on or off plunge r 5) until end playis just eliminated. T ighten plunge r 5) ifnecessary until slot is aligned andreinstall pin (11).

Reinstall control spring assembly inlift cover. Move draft control lever tofully DOWN position, then tighten ad-justing nut (8) until end play is justeliminate d. Ins tall a new ny lon plug (2)and tighten set screw (3).

NOTE: End play will be present If ad|usting

nut 8) is eithier too ioose or too tigh t.

213 INSTALLED ADJUSTMEN TSThe following checks and acyustmentsshould be performed with lift cover in-stalled and tractor operational. Connecta 3 5000 kPa (5000 psi) press ure gage totest port (9—Fig. 258) in lift cover. At-tach a weight of 400 kg (900 pound s) tothe hitch lower links. Start the engine,then raise and lower the links severaltimes to expel all air from the system.Perform system checks after oil has

Fig. 257—Th e master controtsprtng is iocated in rear of

hydrauiic iift cover1. Lift cover

' 2. Nylon plug3. Set screw4. Overload stop disc

Plunger

Spring seatControl springAc^usting n utCover

10. Clevis11, Groove pin

78



50° C (120° F).Tb check system maximum pressure,

engine speed at 1500 rpm. Movetrol lever to fully UP position.

trol models, move posi-

50-3100 psi) and should not fluc-

On nonpressure control models, max-

elief valve (37 -F ig. 295) located onp housing. Th e relief va lve is not

On pressure co ntrol models, maximumcontrolled by the adjustable

g. 259) located on top

screwdriver through the

turn will change pressure approx-

diaphragm adjusting screw (1—Fig. 261)out y- i t u r n . Temporarily reinstallresponse control side cover and recheckfor excessive fluctuation. Acyust asdescribed y ̂turn at a time until fluctua-tion stops, then turn screw out an addi-tional one turn.

Tb check and adjust transport stop

and p osition con trol setting, run engineat idle speed and move draft controllever to full UP position. Move positioncontrol lever to CONSTANT PUMPING

Fig 260—On pressure controi modeis, maximumsystem pressure is adjusted with a screwdriverthrough opening for rear cap screw of transfer

piate.

Fig 258—View of controls forpressure controi, 3-polnt ttftsystem showtng locations us-ed in testing and adjustment.Gage 7) is used to check

system pressure.1. Draft control lever2. Friction spring3. Draft quadrant4. Transport stop pin5. Inner quadrant6. Inner quadrant lever7. Gage8. Hose9. Test port

10. Response control lever

Fig 259—Lift pump controisfor pressure controi m odeisas viewed through top open-ing with iift cover remove d.

1. Diaphragm adjustingscrew

2. Pump control valve roller3. Response slide valve lever4. Servo valve

5. Pressure adjusting screw& butterfly bracket


section. W hen lift links are fully raised,scribe lines (L—Fig. 262) across lift covercasting and lift arm. Move position con-trol lever to TRANSPORT position andmeasure the distance tha t scribed linesare separated. If separation is notwithin range of 1.6 4.7 mm (1/16-3/16inch), loosen th e tw o n uts (N—Fig. 263)

securing inner quadrant and move innerquadrant and lever to obtain correct set-t ing. Tighten the nuts and rechecksetting. check and adjust draft control set-

ting, start engine and set speed at 1200rpm. Place position control lever inTRANSPORT position. Move draft con-trol lever so lower links are suspendedin a horizontal position and note loca-tion of control lever. If lever is notwithin sector marks (M—Fig. 263) ondraft control qua dra nt, loosen screws (S)and relocate draft quadrant so lever is

Fig. 261—Diaphragm adjusting screw 1) can beadjusted after removing response controt sidecover. Oii shouid be drained to ievei of iower hoie

6) before removing cover.1. Diaphragm adjusting

screw2. Diaphragm lever

4. Response slide lever5. Vertical lever

Ftg 262—Scribed Hnes L) and sector marks M)are used when adjusting iift controis 1 and 6),

Refer to text.

79



contacting rockshaft arm. Use 3 pounds)

to vertical lever and check t ha t ver- lever still makes light contact with

(B). If setting is incorrect, tu rn

lever contacts

special tools after adju stme ntse completed.On models equipped with raised con-

draft and are ad -

(6-5/8 inches), measured between

LIFT COVER


lift links from lift arms and

remove upper link control beam frommaster control spring clevis. Disconnectwiring, control linkage and hydrauliclines as necessary. Unbolt and removeseat, seat support deck and auxiliaryhydraulic filter (if so equipped) as a unitas show n in Fig. 27 5. Drain oil from dif-ferential housing, then remove response

control side cover (5—Fig. 276) andtransfer plate (4) or selector controlvalve. Withdraw standpipe from liftpump. Remove attaching cap screws, in-stall two guide studs, then remove liftcover from differential housing.

Wh en ins talling lift cover, be sure th atvertical control lever (4—Fig. 277) is t othe rear of lever on hydraulic pum p. B esure that but ter f ly bracket (2—Fig.278) is installed on top of pump servovalve (if so equipped) and carefullyguide the pressure co ntrol lever 1) into but t e r f ly as shown. A piece of

welding rod can be used to guide stand-pipe into po sition as shown in Fig. 279.Tighten lift cover mou nting cap screwsto a torque of 88 N-m (65 ft.-lbs.)

270—R efer to text for changing po sition ofpivot bracket (9).

ig 275—O n models so equipped, auxiliary valveand return fllter are removed with seat support as

a unit.

271—Use a screwdriver to move pivot bracketchecking for correct draft control setting.

272—Special gage block MFN970 (T) Is used

text.

ig 276—The response side cover 5) nd transferplate (4) or selector valve must be remov ed andstandpipe withdrawn before removing hydrauiic lift

cover.

Paragraphs 215 216

216 OVERHAUL Refer to Figs. 280,281 and 282 for exploded view of liftcover and linkage. Lift arms (23 and28- F i g . 281), rockshaft arm (26) androckshaft (27) all have mas ter splines forcorrect assembly. Rockshaft bushings(25) are slip fit in lift cover bores.

Tb disassemble, loosen set screw

(5—Fig. 280 ) and unscrew adjusting nut(13). Withdraw master control spring 12) assembly an d d isc (7) from lift cover.

Remove pressure cont ro l l ever(50 -Fig . 282) if so equipped . Loosen theposi t ion cont ro l ad jus t ing screw(36-Fig. 283), then remove spring (38).

ig 277—The vertical lever 4) must be positionedas shown with iift cover instaiied.

1. Diaphragm af^just

screw2. Diaphragm lever

•i. Slide valve lever4. Vertical lever

Fig. 278—When instaiiing lift cover, be sure thatpressure control lever 1) Is positioned In butter-

fiy bracket (2),

Fig. 279—Standpipe (S) can be guided Into posi-tion with a piece of welding rod as shown.

81



Paragraph 216 Cont.) MASSEY-FERGUSON

8 X ^ ^


master control spring typical

of all models.

1. Lift cover2. Standpipe3. Transfer plate4. Nylon plug

5. Set screw7. Overload stop8. Plunger

11. Spring seat12. Control spring13. AcUusting nut14. Cover ' i -^16. Pin16. Clevis /

Fig. 284—Set screw S) retains pivot shaft P).

Thread a screw into qua dran t retainingpin (P), then pull or pry pin from liftcover. Hold draft and position controlfingers away from control cams asquadrant assembly is withd rawn fromcover. Insert cotter pins through drilledholes in cam spring guide rods to holdsprings (34—Fig. 282) in compressedposition. Remove nut (29) retainingpivot bracket (31), then remove verticallever (32) with fingers an d pivot bracketas a un it. Remove plug from left-handside of cover and loosen set sc rew (S—Fig. 284) retaining cam pivot shaft (P).Withdraw pivot shaft and remove posi-tion control and draft control cams (39and 40-Fig . 282).

Remove right-hand lift arm (23—Fig.

281), the n w ithdraw rockshaft (27) withleft-hand lift arm from cover. Removerocksha ft arm (26) with piston rod (21).Withdraw piston (20) from cylinder (17)and unbol t and remov e cylinde r fromcover if necessary.

When assembling, tighten lift cylinderretaining nuts to a torque of 160 N-m(120 ft.-lbs.). Grooved en d of piston rod(21—Fig. 281) is retained in rockshaftarm by a set screw. If set screw wasremoved, reinstall using Loctite 262 onthreads of screw. Turn set screw in un-ti l it bottoms, then back it out V t u rn .

Align master splines when installingrockshaft and lift arms. Tighten lift armretaining cap screws u ntil m inimumshaft side play is obtained , but a rms canstill be raised and lowe red freely.

Install control linkage as follows:Locate control cams (39 and 40—Fig.282) in cover and star t pivot sh aft (P)throu gh left-hand side of cover, but no tinto cams. Install vertical lever spring(41—Fig. 285) over p ivot bra cke t 31) an daround vertical lever (32), then insertpivot shaft into control cams. Do nott ighten set screw at this time. Insert

spring rods (34—Fig. 282) into m ountingbracket (30), then remove cotter pins torelease the springs. Install assembledqua dran t wh ile holding control f ingersaway from quadrant rollers. Installquadrant retaining pin (P—Fig. 283).

Hook spring (38) betw een position con-trol cam and finger (37). Install press urecontrol lever (50—Fig. 282) if so equip-ped. Ac^ust cam pivo t s haft (P—Fig.


hydraulic lift cylinder,

rockshaft and associated

parts,

17. Cylinder18. 0 ring19. Piston rings20. Piston21 . Connecting rod

22 . Lock clip23 . Lift arm , ; A24 . O ring , • '25 . Bushings26 . Rockshaft arm27 . Rockshaft28 . Lift arm ' •

284) to obtain minimum linkage sideplay, but make sure cams move freely.Tighten set screw (S) to secure pivotshaft.

Fig. 282—Drawing of hy-draulic iift internai iinkage

typical of aU modeis. Inset

shows parts that are used or

pressure controi models.

p. Pivot shaftS. Set screw

29 . Nu t30 . Support bracket31. Pivot bracket32. Vertical lever3 3. Adjusting screw34. Springs35 . Cam roller36. Position control

a(^usting screw37 . Position control finger38. Spring39. Position control cam

40 . Draft control cam

41 . Spring42 . Draft control rod43 . Stop screw50. Pressure control lever51 . Butterfly bracket

Fig, 283—Underside of

hydraulic lift cover showing

parts correctly installed,

p. Quadrant retainer pin29 . Nu t36. Position adjusting screw37. Position control cam38. Spring

27

23 18

34 3 7 3 9

82



Install and adjust master controlng as outlined in parag raph 212. Ad-

as outlined in reinstalling lift

CONTROL OUADRANT

217. On early models with auxiliary located on left-hand

ter end of quadran t sup-

2) .On late models with auxiliary valve

levers on right-hand side, the is mounted on

285—view of spring 41} Installed on verticaiiever (32}.

ith raised quadrant Inset shows pressure control models. Refer to Fig. 287

for raised quadrant.

Special nuts

shaft

8. Draft controlquadrant

9. Draft control lever10. Position control

lever11. Position control

quadrant

the seat deck. The draft and positioncontrol levers (9 and 10—Fig. 287) areconnected to the control shafts (1 and2) by control rods (19 and 21) and levers(20 and 22). Control rod length,measured between upper and lowerarms (3—Fig. 288 ), should be set a t 168mm (6-5/8 inches).

The control quadrant support tube(3-Fig. 286 or Fig. 287) is retained inlift cover by a pin (P—Fig. 283) in bot-tom side of cover. With lift cover re -moved as outlined in paragraph 215,thread a screw into the retainer pin an dpull or pry pin from cover. Removepressure control lever (50— Fig. 282 ), ifso equipped,, and disconnect positioncontrol cam spring (38—Fig. 283). Holddraft and position control fingers awayfrom quadrant cams, then rotate sup-por t tube back and forth while pullingit from lift cover.

Tb reinstall, rev erse th e removal pro-cedure.

SELECTOR

Some models are equipped with aselector control valve which allowsoperation of lift linkage and auxiliaryhydraulics simultaneously, or allows on-ly the op eration of auxiliary hydraulics.

Paragraph 2 7

With selector valve in ' ' linka ge posi-tion, the lift linkage and auxiliaryhydr au l i c s m ay be ope r a t ed in -dependently. With selector valve in*'auxiliary position, the oil flow fromhydraulic l if t pump and auxiliaryhydraulic pump is combined to providemaximum flow at the remote couplers.

The lift linkage is locked and hitc h can-not be used.

Fig. 288—Length (L) of raised controi quadrantrods (1 and 2} should be 168 mm ( -5/8 Inches},

measured between upper and lower arms (3},

Fig. 287—Expioded view ofraised control quadrantassembly used on late pro-

duction modeis.1. Draft control shaft2. Position control shaft3. Support8. Draft control quadrant

9. Draft control lever10. Position control lever11. Position control

quadrant15. Transport stop16. Lever friction adjusting

screws17. Retainer clip18. Support brackets19. Draft control rod20 . Draft lever21 . Position control rod22 . Position lever23 . Pivot pin ' s,

83





2 2 0 . LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT. Ibadjust selector valve control linkage,first move draft control and positioncontrol levers to DOWN posit ion.Disconnect control linkage from selec-tor valve bellcrank (7-Fig. 291). Rotate

bel lcrank clockwise unt i l internalresistance is felt. Adjust lower controlrod clevis (8) until retain ing p in (9) fitsfreely into clevis and control valvebellcrank, the n lengthen the rod by oneturn of the clevis. Install the retainingpin and t ighten clevis jam nut.

On models equipped with auxiliarycontrol levers on left-hand side of trac-tor, adjust leng th of opera ting link (3) soforce required to move hand controllever 1) to the external (auxiliary only)position is 11-18 N (2.5-4.0 po unds). U sea spring scale at outer end of controllever to mea sure force required to movelever.

On models equipped with auxiliarycontrol levere on right-hand side of trac-tor, acyust the operating link screw (6)so force required to move hand controllever (4) to external (auxiliary only)position is 11-18 N (2.5-4.0 pounds).Measure force at end of handle using aspring scale.

2 2 1 . R R AND OVERHAUL. Ibremove selector valve, disconnect con-

trol linkage and hydraulic hoses fromthe valve. Remove the two mountingscrews and lift valve assembly from liftcover.

Ib disassemble, unbolt and removeend pl ate (30—Fig. 291). Rfemove th e de -ten t (25), the n pu ll bellcrank (7), sleeve(24) and actuator shaft (26) from valvebody. Remove shift fork (29) and pullvalve spool (28) from valve body.

Remove relief valve (23) assembly be-ing calreful to retain shims (22) for usein reassembly.

Clean and inspect all par ts and re new

if nece ssary. Valve spool (28) and body(27) are available only as an assembly.Relief valve (23) is used to protect lift

cyl inder f rom shock loads w h e nt r anspo r t i ng heavy m oun t ed i m -pleme nts over rough terrain with valvein external (auxiliary only) position.Relief valve is set to open at 26200-27600 kP a (3800-4000 psi). A suitablehydraulic test stand is required to checkan d at^ust relief valve opening pressure.

Ib reassemble selector valve, reversethe disassembly procedure. Reinstallvalve and tighten mount ing screwsevenly to 34-54 N-m (25-40 ft.-lbs.)torque. Adjust control linkage as out-lined in paragraph 220.

HYDRAULIC LIFT PUMP

All Models

22 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Onmodels not equipped with ipto, Multi-Power or auxiliary hydraulics, the liftpump can be removed through topopening of differential housing afterremoving lift cover as outlined inpara grap h 215. However , some

mech anics prefer to split the tra ctor be-tween transmission and differentialhousing and remove pump out frontopening of differential housing. With liftcover removed, remove bu tterflybracket (1-F ig. 293) from upp er tub e (2)of pump servo valve (3) if so eq uipp ed.Collapse and remove the drive shaft a nd

coupler connecting transmission outputshaft to bevel pinion shaft. Remove ptooutput shaft . Remove pump mountingpins from both sides of differentialhousing, then lift pump ou t through topopening of housing.

On models equipped with ipto, Multi-Power or auxiliary hydraulics, tractormust be split between transmission anddifferential housings as outlined inparagraph 156 in order to remove liftpum p. Remove lift cov er as outlined inparagraph 215. Remove bu tterfly ad-juster from upper tube of servo valve

(3—Fig. 293) if so eq uipp ed. Remove p toside cover. Disconnect and removehydraulic lines from auxiliary pump.R«emove pump mounting dowels from

ti

Fig. 291—Exp loded view of response control right side cover and selector valve assembly used onsome models inset shorn parts used on early modeis equipped with auxiiiary v ive control levers o n

ieft side of tractor

Fig. 290—Expioded view of response control andright side cover used on tractors not equipped

with a selector vaiveD. Dipstick 4. Side cover1. Control cover 5. Spring2. Response handle 6. Shaft3. Block , 7. Response cam

D. Dipstick1. Selector control

handle2. Retaining pins3. Control link4. Selector control

handle5. Pivot6. Adjusting screw

7. Belicrank8. Clevis9. Retaining pin

10. Lower control rod11. Lockout lever12. Bushing13. Arm14. Response control

cover

15, Response controlhandle

16. Block17. Side cover18. Shaft19. Spring20 . Response cam22 . Shims

23 . Safety relief valvepoppet24. Sleeve25 . Detent26 . Actuator shaft27 . Selector valve body28 . Valve spool29 . Shift fork30 . End plate

84



Paragraphs 223 225

w lift pum p and auxiliary pum p a unit through front opening of hous-

Ib reinstall pump, reverse th e removal

223 OVERHAUL Ib disassemble the

remove the twoC clips attaching auxiliary pump

-Fig . 293), if so equipp ed, as foUows:e upp er tub e (2) and spring from

Turn diaphragm adjusting screw out until end of screw is flush with

r link (6) from pum p con-

» unit through

front opening of dlfferentiai housing.

5

c iift pump 4}

with pressure controi servo valve 3} an dauxiiiary hydraulic pum p 9}.

assy. 6. Link7. Diaphragm pivot

valve assy. lever 8. Diaphragm ac^usting

control valve screw Auxiliary pump

trol lever (5). Remove nut from mou nt-ing stud , the n use a brass drift to b um pservo valve from pump housing.

Remove retainer clip (40—Fig. 294 or295), then slide control lever (41) fromcontrol v alve rollers. Remove rollers andpin from end of control valve (42).Remove filter element (36—Fig. 294)

and cover (35), then unbolt and removeintake housing (34-Fig. 294 or 295)with cover plate (39) and slide valveassembly from pump rear body.

Remove end cap (1—Fig. 297) fromfront of oscillator drive, and remov e pin(4) retaining oscillator (7) to camfollower (5). Remove nuts attachingpump bodies together, then slide frontbody (24 -Fi g. 294 or 295) off mou ntingstuds. Withdraw control valve (42) andoscillator as a unit from rear body.Carefully slide piston yokes (28), valvechambers (25), cam blocks (26 and 30)and camsha ft (31) from rea r body (33).Separate cam blocks, piston yokes andvalve chambers from camshaft.

Use a bronze welding rod w ith a hookformed on one end to pull valve sleeve(25—Fig. 296) from rear body. Remove O ring, back-up ring, spacer andwasher from bore of rear body.

Overhaul the removed assemblies asoutlined in the appropriate followingparagraphs.

224 CONTROL VALVE. The control

valve is serviced as a m atched assemblywh ich cons ists of rod (12—Fig. 297) andall parts (21 through 32).

Ib disassemb le the valve and oscillatorassembly, unseat and remove retainingring (16) from internal groove inoscillator housing (7) and withdrawvalve from oscillator unit. Remove re-taining ring 8) while com pressing spring(11). Push rod (12) in and remove.snapring (21), then withdraw remaining

parts.Assemble by reversing disassembly

proced ure. End of valve spool (24) withnarrow slot should be toward oscillatorrod (32); end with larger slots should betoward actuating rod (12).

Assemble spacer washer (17), spacer(18), back-up washer (19) and O ring(20) into rear body bore. Install sleeve(25) with O ring (27) and back-upwash er (26) into body bore m aking surethat roll pin (23-Fig. 296) is located atbottom of bore. Outer surface of sleeveshould be flush with machined surfaceof body when properly assembled.

225 VALVE CHAM BERS. Both valvecham bers (25 -Fig . 294 or 295) are iden-tical and interchangeable, and each con-tains two sets of valve components (5through 12-Fig. 298). Ib disassemblethe chamber, remo ve sna p ring (12) andthread a V4 inch UNC bolt in to plug (11)to provide leverage. Plug can be pulledby hand. A reseating reamer (Ibol No.N-6007A) is available which dressesboth s eats in one bore at the sam e time.

If tool is used, remove only enoughmetal to smooth the seats. All parts areavailable individually.

Fig. 294—Exploded view of hydraulic lift pump used on mo dels with pressure control. Chamfered cor-ners C} of piston yokes face away from each other

23. Bushing 28. Piston 33. Rear body 38. Gasket24. Front cover 29. Piston rings 34. Intake housing 39. Rear cover25. Valve cham bers .̂ 30. Cam block .. 35. Filter bowl 40. Retain er clip26 . Cam block 31. Camshaft 36. Filter element 41. Actuating lever27 . Oscillator drive 32. Needle bearing 37. Servo valve 42. Control valve

85




When installing, do not compress re-tainer plug (11) deeper than 5.8 mm(0.23 inch) from top of plug to top ofvalve chamber. Be sure to pull plug upagainst snap ring (12) after snap ring isseated.

226 . INTAKE HOUSING. The re-

sponse control valve and the non returnvalve are contained in the intake hous-ing (34-Fig. 294 or 295). Refer to Fig.299 for an exploded view of intakehousing and components.

Be sure tha t O ring (9-F ig. 299),wa sher (8) and retain ing clip (7) are co r-rectly installed on cover plate (39). In-stall ring (11) on nonreturn valve (10),then insert valve through b ore in hous-ing. Install seal (1) over valve stemfollowed by retainer (2), spring (3), cap(4) and E ring (5). Install cover plate

(39) over gasket (38) and tig hten the twoattac hing cap screws to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque.

22 7. SERVO VALVE. Refer t o F ig. 300for exploded view of servo valve. Unboltand remove diaphragm cover (9). Use anAllen wrench to remove orifice plug

(12). Thread a suitable screw into re-tainer plug (29) and remove retainer,spring (28), discs (27) and secondaryrelief valve (26). Remove gu ide (16) andspring support (17), then bump housingto remove plunger (20) and ball (20A).Use hooked wire to pull plunger guide(19) from bore then use needlenosepliers to pull ball valve seat (21) frombore.

Inspect all parts for excessive we ar ordamage and r enew i f necessary .Diameter of plunger (20), at large end.

42

Fig 95—Exploded view o hydraulic lift pump used on models without pressure control Refer to Fig294 for iegend except fo r the foliowlng: Preset safety reiief valve 37) is used in piace of servo valve

Thrust washers 45} are used on iate production pumps

should be 5.530-5.542 mm (0.2177-0.2182 inch). Inside diameter of plunge rguide (19) should be 5.644-5.669 mm(0.2222-0.2232 inch ). Renew ball valveseat (21) if pitted or scratched. Renewall O rings and back-up washers.

Install new back-up washer (22) and O ring (23) on ball valve seat (21),

then install in bore of housing. Installnew 0 ring (18) on plung er guide (19),the n insert plunger guide into bore w ithcross drilled hole toward b all valve s eat.Insert ball (20A) into bore and makesure th at it enters b ore of guide (19). In-stall plunger (20) with tapered (small)end toward ball. Install spring support(17) with large flat en d aga inst p lung erguide (19). Apply 2 or 3 drops of ' 'Lo c-t i te grade 27 or equivalent sealant onthreads of spring guide (16), then installand tighten to a torque of 40 N-m (30ft.-lbs.).

Insert secondary relief valve (26), disc(27), spring (28) and retainer (29) intobore in bottom of housing. Press re-tainer in until flush with bottom ofhousing. Install orif ice plug (12),diaphragm (11), spring (10), cover (9),lever (2) and related parts.

Adjust servo valve after pump isreinstalled as outlined in paragraph 213.

228 . ASSEMBUT. Whe n reassemb lingpump, be sure to renew all 0 r ingsand back-up washers and lubricate all

parts w ith clean hydraulic oil. When in-stalling new bushings (23) in pumpbodies, be sure that split in bushing islocated at the top and that chamferedsurface of bushing does not extendabove machined surface of bodies.

Assemble piston yokes into valvechambers using a suitable ring com-pressor to com press piston rings. Be sureth at cham fered cor ners (C—Fig. 301) ofpiston yokes face away from each other.Install camsh aft, cam follower and ca mblocks into piston yokes making suretha t cam block with shou lder is at front

(widest lobe) of camshaft and that

Fig 296—Use a brass welding rod R} with a hoon one end to puii spool sieeve 25} from rear bobore Roll pin 23) must be iocated at the botto

when sleeve Is reinstalled

86




20 19

Clip 0 ring

4. Pin5. Oscillator drive6. Snap rings

sure (27—Fig. 294

is toward bottom of pump.Install control valve assembly (42)

or into rea r body, then po si-

mak- sure that n uts with grooves for aux-

(if so are installed on top right-

to a to rqu e of 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.)e making sure tha t camshaft rotates

Position intake housing onto rear body

engages slot in intake

o a torqu e of 27 N*m (20 ft.-lbs.).

associated parts. Piston ring 7. Outlet valve Piston 8. Spring Chamber 9. O ring O rings 10. Back-up ring Inlet valve 11. PlugSpring 12. Snap ring

Fig. 297-Exploded view ofhydr ulic pump control valveand camshaft drivenosdilator which prevents

valve from sticking.

7. Oscilliator8. Snap ring9. Collar

10. Guide11. Spring

12. Rod13. Rollers14. Pin15. Disc , .16. Snap ring17. Washer18. Spacer19. Washer20. O ring21 . Snap ring22 . Washer ' '23 . Pin24 . Valve spool25 . Valve sleeve26 . Washer27. O ring28. Spring • •29 . Snap ring30 . Collar31. O ring32 . Rod

Assemble pin (14) and rollers (13) on-to end of control valve with flat side ofrollers against spool. Install pump con-trol lever (41-Fig. 294 or 295) and re-tainer clip (40). Install servo valveassembly (if so equipped) and tightenmounting stud n ut to a torque of 4 N*m(30 ft.-lbs.). Connect diaphragm pivotlever link to pump control lever. Turndiaphragm adjusting screw into pivotlever until three threads are visible oninner side of pivot lever to provide in-itial adjustment. Final adjustment ofservo valve is made after pump is in-stalled as outlined in paragraph 213.

Fig. 299—Exploded view ofintake housing with non-return vaive and responsecontroi slide vaive com-ponents. Servo vaive SV} orsafety relief valve is iocated

on top of rear body 33).1. Seal2. Retainer3. Spring4. Cap

5. Snap ring(>. Gasket7. Snap ring ^8. Washer9. O ring

10. Nonreturn valve11. Ring12. Pin13. Orifice14. Spring15. Ball16. Retainer17. Bushing18. Washer19. Slide valve lever20 . Spring21 . O rings22 . O ring23 . Cap screws (short)24 . Cap screws (long)33 . Rear body

34 . Intake housing ^ .35 . Filter housing36. Filter element . ,.37. O ring, washer ^

& spring38 . Gasket39. Cover40 . Retainer clip41 . Pump control lever

^Fig. 300—Expioded view of servo v ive assembiy

used on pressure controi mo deis.1. Adjusting screw2. Lever3. Clip4. Link5. Clip

6. Pin7. Pin8. Spring9. Diaphragm cover10. Spring11. Diaphragm12. Orifice plug13 . Pressure adjusting

bracket14. Tube15. Spring

1(). Guide17 Suppf ir t18. O ring19. Sleeve

20 . Plunger20A. Ball21 . Seat22 . Washer23 . (>•• ring24 Body25 . Dowel26 . Valve27 . Disc28 . Spring29. Retainer

SV

87



Ib disassemble the removed pump,

(6-F ig. 302) to pump drive shaft .

n mo unting plates and remove Itemove ti e

separate pump

NOTE: On fate style pump, identify the

When removing low pressure relief count the number of turns re - to remove the adjusting screw

ig. 304 or 305) so it can be re install- to its original setting. On early style

valve adjusting screw (24—Fig. late style

valve5—Fig. 305) is s ervic ed as a unit and not adjustable.

Check all parts for wear or damage

wear or scoring complete pum p

must be renewed as pairs. Renewl seals, back-up gaskets and 0 rings.

When assembling early style pump, be is

(7). The seal sidewea r plates must face away from gear

remove tie bolts and se parate end (21). Install

p and t ighten retaining bolts to 27

When assembling late style pump, be is in-

first, th en install

using hand front

sure that uppertioned with relieved face

port side of body. When pro-

rear surface of front body and face of rear gears (17 and 18)

Tighten the tie bo lts evenly to a tor-

If low pressure relief valve was remov-ed, reinstall and thread adjusting screw(1-Fig. 304 or 305) into front body thesame number of turns required forremov al. If original setting of adjustingscrew is unknown, tighten adjustingscrew until spring bottoms, then backscrew out four turns. This should set

relief valve opening pressure withinspecified range of 4825-6895 kPa(700-1000 psi).

Relief valve opening pressure can bechecked as outlined in paragraphs 240and 241 after pumps are reinstalled.

AUXILIARY VALVE


2 3 5 . Two different types of auxiliarycontrol valves have been used. Thevalve assembly shown in Fig. 306 is us -

ed on early models and the valve shownin Fig. 307 is used on later m odels. Referto t he approp riate following paragrap hsfor service procedures covering eachcontrol valve.

236 EARLF PRODUCTION VALVERefer to Fig. 306 for an exploded viewof 2-spool early style aux iliary va lve. Asingle spool valve is also available. Serv-ice procedures are similar for eithervalve.

Ib disassemble, remove snap ring (16)and end plug (15). Loosen detentassembly (2) adjusting screws, then un-bolt and remove end cap (1) from valvebody. Withdraw spool assembly fromspring end of valve body.

NOTE: Vaive spoois are selective fitted to

their body bores and must not be inter-

changed. W hen servicing duai spooi vaive,

identify spoois as they are rem oved to en-

sure correct reassembiy.

Remove retaining ring, center ingspring (12) and spring seats from spool.

Fig 305—E xploded view ofdual section auxiiiary pumpused on iate production

mo els1. Adjusting plug2. Ball seat3. Spring4. Low pressure relief

poppet5. Ball6. Front body7. Back-up washer8. Seal ring

10. Tie bolts11. Driven gear ' •12. Drive gear - .

13. 0 rings16. Rear body17. Driven gear18. Drive gear23. End cover25 . High pressure relief

valve26. Centering pin27 . Bushings

Paragraphs 235-237

Remove screw (17), spring (18), poppet(19) and pin (22) or ball from regulatorbarrel (10). Unscrew regulator barrelfrom spool, then remove roll pin (20)and guide (23) from regulator barrel .Remove switch valve (6) and checkvalve (8) from valve body.

Inspect al l par ts for wear, scoring or

other damage and renew if necessary.Valve spools and body a re available on-ly as a comp lete valve assembly. Be sureto renew all O rings.

Ib reassemble valve, reverse thedisassembly proced ure. Adjust spool de-tent and '*kick o ut pres sure setting asoutlined in the following paragraph.

237 ADJUSTMENT A hydraulicflow m eter must b e used to properly ad-just the auxiliary valve. Connect flowmeter inlet hose to coupler No. 1 andconnect flow meter outlet hose tocoupler No. 2. Operate engine at 1000rpm and move auxiliary valve controlhan dle to *'lift position. Tighten dete ntacyusting screw (2-Fig. 306) until han-dle remains in *'lift'' position. Slowlyclose flow meter restrictor valve andnote pressure at which valve spool kicks out ' ' of detent and control han-dle returns to neutral posit ion. Spoolshould kick out of detent whenpressure is between 13100-14480 kPa(1900-2100 psi).

If valve spool kicks out before

pressure reaches 13100 kPa (1900 psi),shut off engine and operate controlvalve handle to relieve any trappedpressure. Remove snap ring 16) and endplug (15), then tu rn regulator valve ad-justing screw (17) inward to increase kick ou t pressure.

NOTE: Several attempts at adjustment

may be necessary before desired kick out

pressure is obtained. Be sure to shut off

engine and reiieve system pressure before

removing end plug from vaive.

89



Paragraphs 238 240

Fig. 306—Exploded view of2-spooi auxiiiary vaive used on early models. A single spooi valve Is also

available and Is similar in design.

1. End cap2. Detent assy.3. Inner rod4. Outer lever5. Inner lever6. Switch valve

Body8. Check valve9. Spool

10. Spool plug11. Sleeve12. Spring

13. Sleeve14. O ring15. Plug16. Snap ring17. Nylon screw18. Spring

19. Guide20 . Pin21 . 0 ring22 . Pin23 . Guide24 . 0 ring

If valve spool does not kick ou t ofdetent when pressure reaches 14480kPa (2100 psi) and a squeal ing noise

from control valve is hea rd, loosen con-trol handle detent screw (2) until han-dle releases within specified pressurerange. If valve doe s not kick out ofdetent and no squeal ing sound isheard, shut off engine and remove endplug 15) from valve. Turn regula tor ad-justing screw (17) outward to decrease kick out pressure. Reinstall plug andrecheck for proper operation .

2 38 LATE PRODUCTION VALVE

Refer to Fig. 3 07 for an exploded viewof single spool auxiliary valve used on

some m odels.To disasse mb le auxi l iary va lve,

remove single/double acting selectorvalve (25-Fig. 307), check valve (23)and d eten t pressure valve assembly (21)from valve body (24). Remove end cap(19), unscrew retaining screw (18) andremove centering spring (16), springseats (15) and end pla te (14). Removepivot bracket (4) with wipe r seal (5) and 0 ring (6). P ull spool (3) out of valvebody and remov e de ten t c arrier (11),piston (8) and cage (7).

Inspect all par ts for wear and Fenew

as necessary. Valve spool and body areavailable only as a matched assembly.Renew aU O rings wh en reassembling.

When reassembling, use petroleumjelly to hold det en t balls in place. Cleanthreads of retaining screw (18) and valve

spool, then apply a drop of Loctite 271to threads of screw before installing.

Check and adjust valve spool d ete nt

kick out pressure as outlined inparagraph 239.

MASSEY FERGUSON

239 ADJUSTMENT A hydraulicflow m eter mu st be used to properly setvalve spool deten t kick ou t pressure.Connect flow m eter inlet hose to rem oteoutlet No. 1 and conne ct f low me teroutlet hose to outlet No. 2. Operateengine at 1000 rpm and move controlvalve lever rearw ard to lift position.

Slowly close flow meter restrictor valveand note pressure at which controlvalve kicks ou t of dete nt and handlereturns to neu tral. Valve should kickou t of detent at approximately 16550kPa (2400 psi). Kick ou t pressure isacyusted by turning detent relief valveacyusting screw (20—Fig. 307) in to in-crease pressure or out to decreasepressure.

HYDRAULIC TESTING

All Models o Equipped

2 4 0 AUXILIARY PUMP HIGH

PRESSURE The auxiliary hydraulicsystem maximum pressure can bechecked at an auxiliary valve remoteoutlet using a 35000 kP ̂(5000 psi)pressure gage and s uitable fittings. Startengine and operate until hydraulic oiltemperature is at least 50 C (120° F).Actuate auxiliary valve control leverand observe pressure gage reading.

Fig. 307~'Expioded view of

slngie spool auxiiiary valve

assembly, iniet cover and

outiet cover used on late

models. A second slngie

spool valve unit can be in-

staiied n the vaive stack to

provide duai auxiiiary valves,

1. Inlet cover ,

2. Pivot link '3. Valve spool4. Pivot bracket5. Wiper seal6 . O ring7. Detent cage8. Piston9. Spring

10. Detent balls11. Detent carrier12. 0 ring13. O ring14. End plate15. Spring seats16. Centering spring17. Spacer18. Shoulder bolt19. End cap20 . Detent ac^usting screw21 . Detent valve assy.22. Outlet cover

23 . Check valve assy.24 . Valve body25 . Single/double acting

selector valve

25

19

90



valve opening pressure should be kPa 2300-2600 psi on

and MF275. On and MF2 90, relief be 17240-19305 kPa

psi . Hyd raulic lift cover be r emoved as out l ined in

215 for access to auxiliary

So Equipped

2 4 1 . AUXILIARY PUMP OW

Ib check auxiliary pum ppressu re relief v alve setting, discon-

to oil cooler located top left-hand side of transmission

a 10000 kPa 2000 psi in pressure l ine and cap

d of line going to oil cooler. Pla ce ip- in disengaged p osition, s tart

and observe pressure gage

be 4825-6895700-1000 psi). Hyd raulic lift cover be r emoved as out l ined in

215 for access to auxiliary low pressure relief valve.

So Equipped

2 4 2 . MULTI POWER PRE SSUR E Ib check Multi-Power system

oil cooler supply

and return hydraulic lines at top left-hand side of transmission housing. Con-nect inlet hose of a suitable hydraulicflow meter to supply l ine pipe nearestleft-hand side of tractor) . Connectoutlet hose of flow m eter to retum pipe.Open flow meter restrictor valve andoperate engine at 2000 rpm. With Multi-

Power in HIGH or LOW, pressu re shouldbe 1585-1860 kPa 230-270 psi .

Multi-Power pressure regulator valveis contained in the Multi-Power shiftvalve which is mou nted on transmissioninput shaft retainer housing. Refer toparagraph 170 to service the controlvalve assembly.


2 4 3 . IPTO PRESSURE TEST. Tocheck ipto operating pressure, install a4000 kPa 600 psi) pressu re gage in test

port in pto side co ver on left-hand sideof differential housing Fig. 308). Sta rtengine and run at 2000 rpm. Oilt empera ture should be 50°-60° C 120°-140° F .

Move pto control lever rearw ard toengaged position and note pressure gagereading. On models with single speedpto, pressure should be 1895-2240 kPa 275-325 psi). On models with tw o speedpto, pressure should be 1550-1895 kPa 225-275 psi . Move control lever for-

Paragraphs 241 244

ward to disengaged p osition. Pre ssureshould drop to zero and pto shaft shouldstop in abo ut five secon ds.


2 4 4 . PRESSURE MAINTAININGCHECK VALVE. Late production trac-

tor s equ i pped w i t h e ight speedtransmission and independent pto usea pressure ma intaining valve located inpressure line to the oil cooler, to main-tain back pressure in hydraulic system .The back pressure ensures that oilunder pressure is available to operate in-dependent pto clutch pack.

Ib check pressure maintaining valveoperating pressure, install a 4000 kPa 600 psi) hydraulic test gage into o l cool-er pressure line using a tee fitting. Op-erate engine at 1000 rpm and note pres-sure gage reading. The pressure at

which valve regulates is stamped on thevalve body. Pressure maintaining valvecan be removed after removing frontgrille and hood and disconnecting hy-draulic lines from the valve. Unscrewad ap ter fitting 6—Fig. 309) and removesleeve 4), spring 3) and poppet 2) . In-spect poppet and seat and renew ifnecessary.

Be sure to note direction of oil flowwhen reconnecting valve to oil coolerlines.

JPressurt l

Gage

Ipto Ttst Port

Hose

Fig. 308—Install a 4000 kPa

6 00 psi} pr ssur gage in testport In left-hand side cover tocheck Ipto clutch pressure.

Fig. 309—Exp ioded view of pressure maintainingvaive used on some modeis equipped with in

dependent pto and eight speed transmission. Valve body

2 Poppet3. Spring

4 Sleeve

5. Ring6. Adapter fitting

01



Wiring Diagrams MASSEY FERGUSON

ALTERNATOR

AIROROIt OIL>\VACUUM LIGHT VACUUM SWITCH

\ r (MF250ONLy»

FRONT WORK LIGHTS FLAT TOP FENDERS ONLY)

AIR VACUUM SWITCHLT BL

BK. UlackUL. BlueBN. BrownGR. Green

GY GrayOR. OrangeP P . P u r p l eRD . RedWT. WhiteYL. YellowLT. Light

( ̂ BD Q 0« 3 BN

AUX SOCKET(OPTrONAL)

Fig. 312 ~Wlring diagram typical of Models MF270 and MF290.

mf 200-series workshop sec wat

Documents